Update imgui to 1.68.

9 files changed, 1208 insertions, 709 deletions

diff --git a/imgui/imgui.cpp b/imgui/imgui.cpp
index 9bdd8eed..da0b068d 100644
--- a/imgui/imgui.cpp
+++ b/imgui/imgui.cpp
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.67
+// dear imgui, v1.68
 // (main code and documentation)
 
 // Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp for demo code.
@@ -40,19 +40,19 @@ DOCUMENTATION
   - How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to imgui or to my application?
   - How can I display an image? What is ImTextureID, how does it works?
   - How can I have multiple widgets with the same label or with an empty label? A primer on labels and the ID Stack.
-  - How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2/ImVec4? 
+  - How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2/ImVec4?
   - How can I load a different font than the default?
   - How can I easily use icons in my application?
   - How can I load multiple fonts?
   - How can I display and input non-latin characters such as Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Cyrillic?
-  - How can I interact with standard C++ types (such as std::string and std::vector)? 
+  - How can I interact with standard C++ types (such as std::string and std::vector)?
   - How can I use the drawing facilities without an ImGui window? (using ImDrawList API)
   - How can I use Dear ImGui on a platform that doesn't have a mouse or a keyboard? (input share, remoting, gamepad)
   - I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and the text or lines are blurry..
   - I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and some elements are clipping or disappearing when I move windows around..
   - How can I help?
 
-CODE 
+CODE
 (search for "[SECTION]" in the code to find them)
 
 // [SECTION] FORWARD DECLARATIONS
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ CODE
          ImGui_ImplDX11_RenderDrawData(ImGui::GetDrawData());
          g_pSwapChain->Present(1, 0);
      }
-     
+
      // Shutdown
      ImGui_ImplDX11_Shutdown();
      ImGui_ImplWin32_Shutdown();
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ CODE
        // TODO: Setup shader: vertex { float2 pos, float2 uv, u32 color }, fragment shader sample color from 1 texture, multiply by vertex color.
        for (int n = 0; n < draw_data->CmdListsCount; n++)
        {
-          const ImDrawList* cmd_list = draw_data->CmdLists[n]; 
+          const ImDrawList* cmd_list = draw_data->CmdLists[n];
           const ImDrawVert* vtx_buffer = cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Data;  // vertex buffer generated by ImGui
           const ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Data;   // index buffer generated by ImGui
           for (int cmd_i = 0; cmd_i < cmd_list->CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_i++)
@@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ CODE
                  //   (some elements visible outside their bounds) but you can fix that once everything else works!
                  // - Clipping coordinates are provided in imgui coordinates space (from draw_data->DisplayPos to draw_data->DisplayPos + draw_data->DisplaySize)
                  //   In a single viewport application, draw_data->DisplayPos will always be (0,0) and draw_data->DisplaySize will always be == io.DisplaySize.
-                 //   However, in the interest of supporting multi-viewport applications in the future (see 'viewport' branch on github), 
+                 //   However, in the interest of supporting multi-viewport applications in the future (see 'viewport' branch on github),
                  //   always subtract draw_data->DisplayPos from clipping bounds to convert them to your viewport space.
                  // - Note that pcmd->ClipRect contains Min+Max bounds. Some graphics API may use Min+Max, other may use Min+Size (size being Max-Min)
                  ImVec2 pos = draw_data->DisplayPos;
@@ -314,13 +314,13 @@ CODE
 
  - The examples/ folders contains many actual implementation of the pseudo-codes above.
  - When calling NewFrame(), the 'io.WantCaptureMouse', 'io.WantCaptureKeyboard' and 'io.WantTextInput' flags are updated.
-   They tell you if Dear ImGui intends to use your inputs. When a flag is set you want to hide the corresponding inputs 
+   They tell you if Dear ImGui intends to use your inputs. When a flag is set you want to hide the corresponding inputs
    from the rest of your application. In every cases you need to pass on the inputs to imgui. Refer to the FAQ for more information.
  - Please read the FAQ below!. Amusingly, it is called a FAQ because people frequently run into the same issues!
 
  USING GAMEPAD/KEYBOARD NAVIGATION CONTROLS
 
- - The gamepad/keyboard navigation is fairly functional and keeps being improved. 
+ - The gamepad/keyboard navigation is fairly functional and keeps being improved.
  - Gamepad support is particularly useful to use dear imgui on a console system (e.g. PS4, Switch, XB1) without a mouse!
  - You can ask questions and report issues at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/787
  - The initial focus was to support game controllers, but keyboard is becoming increasingly and decently usable.
@@ -364,13 +364,15 @@ CODE
  When you are not sure about a old symbol or function name, try using the Search/Find function of your IDE to look for comments or references in all imgui files.
  You can read releases logs https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases for more details.
 
+ - 2019/02/14 (1.68) - made it illegal/assert when io.DisplayTime == 0.0f (with an exception for the first frame). If for some reason your time step calculation gives you a zero value, replace it with a dummy small value!
+ - 2019/02/01 (1.68) - removed io.DisplayVisibleMin/DisplayVisibleMax (which were marked obsolete and removed from viewport/docking branch already).
  - 2019/01/06 (1.67) - renamed io.InputCharacters[], marked internal as was always intended. Please don't access directly, and use AddInputCharacter() instead!
  - 2019/01/06 (1.67) - renamed ImFontAtlas::GlyphRangesBuilder to ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder. Keep redirection typedef (will obsolete).
  - 2018/12/20 (1.67) - made it illegal to call Begin("") with an empty string. This somehow half-worked before but had various undesirable side-effects.
  - 2018/12/10 (1.67) - renamed io.ConfigResizeWindowsFromEdges to io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges as we are doing a large pass on configuration flags.
  - 2018/10/12 (1.66) - renamed misc/stl/imgui_stl.* to misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.* in prevision for other C++ helper files.
  - 2018/09/28 (1.66) - renamed SetScrollHere() to SetScrollHereY(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
- - 2018/09/06 (1.65) - renamed stb_truetype.h to imstb_truetype.h, stb_textedit.h to imstb_textedit.h, and stb_rect_pack.h to imstb_rectpack.h. 
+ - 2018/09/06 (1.65) - renamed stb_truetype.h to imstb_truetype.h, stb_textedit.h to imstb_textedit.h, and stb_rect_pack.h to imstb_rectpack.h.
                        If you were conveniently using the imgui copy of those STB headers in your project you will have to update your include paths.
  - 2018/09/05 (1.65) - renamed io.OptCursorBlink/io.ConfigCursorBlink to io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink. (#1427)
  - 2018/08/31 (1.64) - added imgui_widgets.cpp file, extracted and moved widgets code out of imgui.cpp into imgui_widgets.cpp. Re-ordered some of the code remaining in imgui.cpp.
@@ -387,7 +389,7 @@ CODE
                        old binding will still work as is, however prefer using the separated bindings as they will be updated to be multi-viewport conformant.
                        when adopting new bindings follow the main.cpp code of your preferred examples/ folder to know which functions to call.
  - 2018/06/06 (1.62) - renamed GetGlyphRangesChinese() to GetGlyphRangesChineseFull() to distinguish other variants and discourage using the full set.
- - 2018/06/06 (1.62) - TreeNodeEx()/TreeNodeBehavior(): the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader helper now include the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen flag. See Changelog for details. 
+ - 2018/06/06 (1.62) - TreeNodeEx()/TreeNodeBehavior(): the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader helper now include the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen flag. See Changelog for details.
  - 2018/05/03 (1.61) - DragInt(): the default compile-time format string has been changed from "%.0f" to "%d", as we are not using integers internally any more.
                        If you used DragInt() with custom format strings, make sure you change them to use %d or an integer-compatible format.
                        To honor backward-compatibility, the DragInt() code will currently parse and modify format strings to replace %*f with %d, giving time to users to upgrade their code.
@@ -567,7 +569,7 @@ CODE
  A: Short explanation:
     - You may use functions such as ImGui::Image(), ImGui::ImageButton() or lower-level ImDrawList::AddImage() to emit draw calls that will use your own textures.
     - Actual textures are identified in a way that is up to the user/engine. Those identifiers are stored and passed as ImTextureID (void*) value.
-    - Loading image files from the disk and turning them into a texture is not within the scope of Dear ImGui (for a good reason). 
+    - Loading image files from the disk and turning them into a texture is not within the scope of Dear ImGui (for a good reason).
       Please read documentations or tutorials on your graphics API to understand how to display textures on the screen before moving onward.
 
     Long explanation:
@@ -575,10 +577,10 @@ CODE
       At the end of the frame those meshes (ImDrawList) will be displayed by your rendering function. They are made up of textured polygons and the code
       to render them is generally fairly short (a few dozen lines). In the examples/ folder we provide functions for popular graphics API (OpenGL, DirectX, etc.).
     - Each rendering function decides on a data type to represent "textures". The concept of what is a "texture" is entirely tied to your underlying engine/graphics API.
-      We carry the information to identify a "texture" in the ImTextureID type. 
+      We carry the information to identify a "texture" in the ImTextureID type.
       ImTextureID is nothing more that a void*, aka 4/8 bytes worth of data: just enough to store 1 pointer or 1 integer of your choice.
       Dear ImGui doesn't know or understand what you are storing in ImTextureID, it merely pass ImTextureID values until they reach your rendering function.
-    - In the examples/ bindings, for each graphics API binding we decided on a type that is likely to be a good representation for specifying 
+    - In the examples/ bindings, for each graphics API binding we decided on a type that is likely to be a good representation for specifying
       an image from the end-user perspective. This is what the _examples_ rendering functions are using:
 
          OpenGL:     ImTextureID = GLuint                       (see ImGui_ImplGlfwGL3_RenderDrawData() function in imgui_impl_glfw_gl3.cpp)
@@ -586,13 +588,13 @@ CODE
          DirectX11:  ImTextureID = ID3D11ShaderResourceView*    (see ImGui_ImplDX11_RenderDrawData()    function in imgui_impl_dx11.cpp)
          DirectX12:  ImTextureID = D3D12_GPU_DESCRIPTOR_HANDLE  (see ImGui_ImplDX12_RenderDrawData()    function in imgui_impl_dx12.cpp)
 
-      For example, in the OpenGL example binding we store raw OpenGL texture identifier (GLuint) inside ImTextureID. 
-      Whereas in the DirectX11 example binding we store a pointer to ID3D11ShaderResourceView inside ImTextureID, which is a higher-level structure 
+      For example, in the OpenGL example binding we store raw OpenGL texture identifier (GLuint) inside ImTextureID.
+      Whereas in the DirectX11 example binding we store a pointer to ID3D11ShaderResourceView inside ImTextureID, which is a higher-level structure
       tying together both the texture and information about its format and how to read it.
     - If you have a custom engine built over e.g. OpenGL, instead of passing GLuint around you may decide to use a high-level data type to carry information about
       the texture as well as how to display it (shaders, etc.). The decision of what to use as ImTextureID can always be made better knowing how your codebase
       is designed. If your engine has high-level data types for "textures" and "material" then you may want to use them.
-      If you are starting with OpenGL or DirectX or Vulkan and haven't built much of a rendering engine over them, keeping the default ImTextureID 
+      If you are starting with OpenGL or DirectX or Vulkan and haven't built much of a rendering engine over them, keeping the default ImTextureID
       representation suggested by the example bindings is probably the best choice.
       (Advanced users may also decide to keep a low-level type in ImTextureID, and use ImDrawList callback and pass information to their renderer)
 
@@ -600,7 +602,7 @@ CODE
 
         // Cast our texture type to ImTextureID / void*
         MyTexture* texture = g_CoffeeTableTexture;
-        ImGui::Image((void*)texture, ImVec2(texture->Width, texture->Height)); 
+        ImGui::Image((void*)texture, ImVec2(texture->Width, texture->Height));
 
     The renderer function called after ImGui::Render() will receive that same value that the user code passed:
 
@@ -633,7 +635,7 @@ CODE
         // Now that we have an OpenGL texture, assuming our imgui rendering function (imgui_impl_xxx.cpp file) takes GLuint as ImTextureID, we can display it:
         ImGui::Image((void*)(intptr_t)my_opengl_texture, ImVec2(my_image_width, my_image_height));
 
-    C/C++ tip: a void* is pointer-sized storage. You may safely store any pointer or integer into it by casting your value to ImTexture / void*, and vice-versa. 
+    C/C++ tip: a void* is pointer-sized storage. You may safely store any pointer or integer into it by casting your value to ImTexture / void*, and vice-versa.
     Because both end-points (user code and rendering function) are under your control, you know exactly what is stored inside the ImTexture / void*.
     Examples:
 
@@ -655,7 +657,7 @@ CODE
 
     Dear ImGui internally need to uniquely identify UI elements.
     Elements that are typically not clickable (such as calls to the Text functions) don't need an ID.
-    Interactive widgets (such as calls to Button buttons) need a unique ID. 
+    Interactive widgets (such as calls to Button buttons) need a unique ID.
     Unique ID are used internally to track active widgets and occasionally associate state to widgets.
     Unique ID are implicitly built from the hash of multiple elements that identify the "path" to the UI element.
 
@@ -702,8 +704,8 @@ CODE
      you to animate labels. For example you may want to include varying information in a window title bar,
      but windows are uniquely identified by their ID. Use "###" to pass a label that isn't part of ID:
 
-       Button("Hello###ID");  // Label = "Hello",  ID = hash of (..., "ID")
-       Button("World###ID");  // Label = "World",  ID = hash of (..., "ID")     // Same as above, even though the label looks different
+       Button("Hello###ID");  // Label = "Hello",  ID = hash of (..., "###ID")
+       Button("World###ID");  // Label = "World",  ID = hash of (..., "###ID")  // Same as above, even though the label looks different
 
        sprintf(buf, "My game (%f FPS)###MyGame", fps);
        Begin(buf);            // Variable title,   ID = hash of "MyGame"
@@ -765,7 +767,7 @@ CODE
       e.g. when displaying a list of objects, using indices or pointers as ID will preserve the
        node open/closed state differently. See what makes more sense in your situation!
 
- Q: How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2/ImVec4? 
+ Q: How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2/ImVec4?
  A: You can edit imconfig.h and setup the IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA/IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA macros to add implicit type conversions.
     This way you'll be able to use your own types everywhere, e.g. passsing glm::vec2 to ImGui functions instead of ImVec2.
 
@@ -775,7 +777,7 @@ CODE
       io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("myfontfile.ttf", size_in_pixels);
       io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() or GetTexDataAsAlpha8()
     Default is ProggyClean.ttf, monospace, rendered at size 13, embedded in dear imgui's source code.
-    (Tip: monospace fonts are convenient because they allow to facilitate horizontal alignment directly at the string level.) 
+    (Tip: monospace fonts are convenient because they allow to facilitate horizontal alignment directly at the string level.)
     (Read the 'misc/fonts/README.txt' file for more details about font loading.)
 
     New programmers: remember that in C/C++ and most programming languages if you want to use a
@@ -786,7 +788,7 @@ CODE
 
  Q: How can I easily use icons in my application?
  A: The most convenient and practical way is to merge an icon font such as FontAwesome inside you
-    main font. Then you can refer to icons within your strings. 
+    main font. Then you can refer to icons within your strings.
     You may want to see ImFontConfig::GlyphMinAdvanceX to make your icon look monospace to facilitate alignment.
     (Read the 'misc/fonts/README.txt' file for more details about icons font loading.)
 
@@ -804,9 +806,9 @@ CODE
 
       // Options
       ImFontConfig config;
-      config.OversampleH = 3;
+      config.OversampleH = 2;
       config.OversampleV = 1;
-      config.GlyphOffset.y -= 2.0f;      // Move everything by 2 pixels up
+      config.GlyphOffset.y -= 1.0f;      // Move everything by 1 pixels up
       config.GlyphExtraSpacing.x = 1.0f; // Increase spacing between characters
       io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("myfontfile.ttf", size_pixels, &config);
 
@@ -838,14 +840,14 @@ CODE
     (such as CP-923 for Japanese or CP-1251 for Cyrillic) will NOT work!
     Otherwise you can convert yourself to UTF-8 or load text data from file already saved as UTF-8.
 
-    Text input: it is up to your application to pass the right character code by calling io.AddInputCharacter(). 
-    The applications in examples/ are doing that. 
+    Text input: it is up to your application to pass the right character code by calling io.AddInputCharacter().
+    The applications in examples/ are doing that.
     Windows: you can use the WM_CHAR or WM_UNICHAR or WM_IME_CHAR message (depending if your app is built using Unicode or MultiByte mode).
     You may also use MultiByteToWideChar() or ToUnicode() to retrieve Unicode codepoints from MultiByte characters or keyboard state.
-    Windows: if your language is relying on an Input Method Editor (IME), you copy the HWND of your window to io.ImeWindowHandle in order for 
+    Windows: if your language is relying on an Input Method Editor (IME), you copy the HWND of your window to io.ImeWindowHandle in order for
     the default implementation of io.ImeSetInputScreenPosFn() to set your Microsoft IME position correctly.
 
- Q: How can I interact with standard C++ types (such as std::string and std::vector)? 
+ Q: How can I interact with standard C++ types (such as std::string and std::vector)?
  A: - Being highly portable (bindings for several languages, frameworks, programming style, obscure or older platforms/compilers),
       and aiming for compatibility & performance suitable for every modern real-time game engines, dear imgui does not use
       any of std C++ types. We use raw types (e.g. char* instead of std::string) because they adapt to more use cases.
@@ -853,18 +855,18 @@ CODE
     - To use combo boxes and list boxes with std::vector or any other data structure: the BeginCombo()/EndCombo() API
       lets you iterate and submit items yourself, so does the ListBoxHeader()/ListBoxFooter() API.
       Prefer using them over the old and awkward Combo()/ListBox() api.
-    - Generally for most high-level types you should be able to access the underlying data type. 
+    - Generally for most high-level types you should be able to access the underlying data type.
       You may write your own one-liner wrappers to facilitate user code (tip: add new functions in ImGui:: namespace from your code).
     - Dear ImGui applications often need to make intensive use of strings. It is expected that many of the strings you will pass
       to the API are raw literals (free in C/C++) or allocated in a manner that won't incur a large cost on your application.
       Please bear in mind that using std::string on applications with large amount of UI may incur unsatisfactory performances.
-      Modern implementations of std::string often include small-string optimization (which is often a local buffer) but those 
-      are not configurable and not the same across implementations. 
-    - If you are finding your UI traversal cost to be too large, make sure your string usage is not leading to excessive amount 
+      Modern implementations of std::string often include small-string optimization (which is often a local buffer) but those
+      are not configurable and not the same across implementations.
+    - If you are finding your UI traversal cost to be too large, make sure your string usage is not leading to excessive amount
       of heap allocations. Consider using literals, statically sized buffers and your own helper functions. A common pattern
-      is that you will need to build lots of strings on the fly, and their maximum length can be easily be scoped ahead. 
+      is that you will need to build lots of strings on the fly, and their maximum length can be easily be scoped ahead.
       One possible implementation of a helper to facilitate printf-style building of strings: https://github.com/ocornut/Str
-      This is a small helper where you can instance strings with configurable local buffers length. Many game engines will 
+      This is a small helper where you can instance strings with configurable local buffers length. Many game engines will
       provide similar or better string helpers.
 
  Q: How can I use the drawing facilities without an ImGui window? (using ImDrawList API)
@@ -872,21 +874,21 @@ CODE
       (The ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration flag itself is a shortcut for NoTitleBar | NoResize | NoScrollbar | NoCollapse)
       Then you can retrieve the ImDrawList* via GetWindowDrawList() and draw to it in any way you like.
     - You can call ImGui::GetOverlayDrawList() and use this draw list to display contents over every other imgui windows.
-    - You can create your own ImDrawList instance. You'll need to initialize them ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData(), or create  
+    - You can create your own ImDrawList instance. You'll need to initialize them ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData(), or create
       your own ImDrawListSharedData, and then call your rendered code with your own ImDrawList or ImDrawData data.
 
  Q: How can I use this without a mouse, without a keyboard or without a screen? (gamepad, input share, remote display)
  A: - You can control Dear ImGui with a gamepad. Read about navigation in "Using gamepad/keyboard navigation controls".
       (short version: map gamepad inputs into the io.NavInputs[] array + set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad)
-    - You can share your computer mouse seamlessly with your console/tablet/phone using Synergy (https://symless.com/synergy) 
-      This is the preferred solution for developer productivity. 
+    - You can share your computer mouse seamlessly with your console/tablet/phone using Synergy (https://symless.com/synergy)
+      This is the preferred solution for developer productivity.
       In particular, the "micro-synergy-client" repository (https://github.com/symless/micro-synergy-client) has simple
-      and portable source code (uSynergy.c/.h) for a small embeddable client that you can use on any platform to connect 
+      and portable source code (uSynergy.c/.h) for a small embeddable client that you can use on any platform to connect
       to your host computer, based on the Synergy 1.x protocol. Make sure you download the Synergy 1 server on your computer.
       Console SDK also sometimes provide equivalent tooling or wrapper for Synergy-like protocols.
-    - You may also use a third party solution such as Remote ImGui (https://github.com/JordiRos/remoteimgui) which sends 
+    - You may also use a third party solution such as Remote ImGui (https://github.com/JordiRos/remoteimgui) which sends
       the vertices to render over the local network, allowing you to use Dear ImGui even on a screen-less machine.
-    - For touch inputs, you can increase the hit box of widgets (via the style.TouchPadding setting) to accommodate 
+    - For touch inputs, you can increase the hit box of widgets (via the style.TouchPadding setting) to accommodate
       for the lack of precision of touch inputs, but it is recommended you use a mouse or gamepad to allow optimizing
       for screen real-estate and precision.
 
@@ -899,7 +901,7 @@ CODE
     Rectangles provided by ImGui are defined as (x1=left,y1=top,x2=right,y2=bottom) and NOT as (x1,y1,width,height).
 
  Q: How can I help?
- A: - If you are experienced with Dear ImGui and C++, look at the github issues, look at the Wiki, read docs/TODO.txt 
+ A: - If you are experienced with Dear ImGui and C++, look at the github issues, look at the Wiki, read docs/TODO.txt
       and see how you want to help and can help!
     - Businesses: convince your company to fund development via support contracts/sponsoring! This is among the most useful thing you can do for dear imgui.
     - Individuals: you can also become a Patron (http://www.patreon.com/imgui) or donate on PayPal! See README.
@@ -937,8 +939,8 @@ CODE
 #endif
 
 // Debug options
-#define IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING     0
-#define IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_RECTS       0
+#define IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING     0   // Display navigation scoring preview when hovering items. Display last moving direction matches when holding CTRL
+#define IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_RECTS       0   // Display the reference navigation rectangle for each window
 
 // Visual Studio warnings
 #ifdef _MSC_VER
@@ -957,7 +959,9 @@ CODE
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion"        // warning : implicit conversion changes signedness             //
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-pedantic"        // warning : format specifies type 'void *' but the argument has type 'xxxx *' // unreasonable, would lead to casting every %p arg to void*. probably enabled by -pedantic.
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-void-pointer-cast"       // warning : cast to 'void *' from smaller integer type 'int'
+#if __has_warning("-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant")
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant"  // warning : zero as null pointer constant              // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0
+#endif
 #if __has_warning("-Wdouble-promotion")
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion"       // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function  // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double.
 #endif
@@ -987,16 +991,12 @@ static const float WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER = 0.04f;    // Reduc
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 static void             SetCurrentWindow(ImGuiWindow* window);
-static void             SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond);
-static void             SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond);
-static void             SetWindowCollapsed(ImGuiWindow* window, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond);
 static void             FindHoveredWindow();
 static ImGuiWindow*     CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImVec2 size, ImGuiWindowFlags flags);
 static void             CheckStacksSize(ImGuiWindow* window, bool write);
 static ImVec2           CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(ImGuiWindow* window, bool snap_on_edges);
 
 static void             AddDrawListToDrawData(ImVector<ImDrawList*>* out_list, ImDrawList* draw_list);
-static void             AddWindowToDrawData(ImVector<ImDrawList*>* out_list, ImGuiWindow* window);
 static void             AddWindowToSortBuffer(ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>* out_sorted_windows, ImGuiWindow* window);
 
 static ImRect           GetViewportRect();
@@ -1031,6 +1031,8 @@ static ImGuiWindow*     NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window);
 static void             UpdateMouseInputs();
 static void             UpdateMouseWheel();
 static void             UpdateManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4]);
+static void             RenderOuterBorders(ImGuiWindow* window);
+
 }
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -1038,11 +1040,19 @@ static void             UpdateManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& si
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 // Current context pointer. Implicitly used by all Dear ImGui functions. Always assumed to be != NULL.
-// CreateContext() will automatically set this pointer if it is NULL. Change to a different context by calling ImGui::SetCurrentContext().
-// If you use DLL hotreloading you might need to call SetCurrentContext() after reloading code from this file.
-// ImGui functions are not thread-safe because of this pointer. If you want thread-safety to allow N threads to access N different contexts, you can:
-// - Change this variable to use thread local storage. You may #define GImGui in imconfig.h for that purpose. Future development aim to make this context pointer explicit to all calls. Also read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/586
-// - Having multiple instances of the ImGui code compiled inside different namespace (easiest/safest, if you have a finite number of contexts)
+// ImGui::CreateContext() will automatically set this pointer if it is NULL. Change to a different context by calling ImGui::SetCurrentContext().
+// 1) Important: globals are not shared across DLL boundaries! If you use DLLs or any form of hot-reloading: you will need to call
+//    SetCurrentContext() (with the pointer you got from CreateContext) from each unique static/DLL boundary, and after each hot-reloading.
+//    In your debugger, add GImGui to your watch window and notice how its value changes depending on which location you are currently stepping into.
+// 2) Important: Dear ImGui functions are not thread-safe because of this pointer.
+//    If you want thread-safety to allow N threads to access N different contexts, you can:
+//    - Change this variable to use thread local storage so each thread can refer to a different context, in imconfig.h:
+//          struct ImGuiContext;
+//          extern thread_local ImGuiContext* MyImGuiTLS;
+//          #define GImGui MyImGuiTLS
+//      And then define MyImGuiTLS in one of your cpp file. Note that thread_local is a C++11 keyword, earlier C++ uses compiler-specific keyword.
+//    - Future development aim to make this context pointer explicit to all calls. Also read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/586
+//    - If you need a finite number of contexts, you may compile and use multiple instances of the ImGui code from different namespace.
 #ifndef GImGui
 ImGuiContext*   GImGui = NULL;
 #endif
@@ -1051,11 +1061,11 @@ ImGuiContext*   GImGui = NULL;
 // If you use DLL hotreloading you might need to call SetAllocatorFunctions() after reloading code from this file.
 // Otherwise, you probably don't want to modify them mid-program, and if you use global/static e.g. ImVector<> instances you may need to keep them accessible during program destruction.
 #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_ALLOCATORS
-static void*   MallocWrapper(size_t size, void* user_data)    { (void)user_data; return malloc(size); }
-static void    FreeWrapper(void* ptr, void* user_data)        { (void)user_data; free(ptr); }
+static void*   MallocWrapper(size_t size, void* user_data)    { IM_UNUSED(user_data); return malloc(size); }
+static void    FreeWrapper(void* ptr, void* user_data)        { IM_UNUSED(user_data); free(ptr); }
 #else
-static void*   MallocWrapper(size_t size, void* user_data)    { (void)user_data; (void)size; IM_ASSERT(0); return NULL; }
-static void    FreeWrapper(void* ptr, void* user_data)        { (void)user_data; (void)ptr; IM_ASSERT(0); }
+static void*   MallocWrapper(size_t size, void* user_data)    { IM_UNUSED(user_data); IM_UNUSED(size); IM_ASSERT(0); return NULL; }
+static void    FreeWrapper(void* ptr, void* user_data)        { IM_UNUSED(user_data); IM_UNUSED(ptr); IM_ASSERT(0); }
 #endif
 
 static void*  (*GImAllocatorAllocFunc)(size_t size, void* user_data) = MallocWrapper;
@@ -1093,6 +1103,7 @@ ImGuiStyle::ImGuiStyle()
     TabRounding             = 4.0f;             // Radius of upper corners of a tab. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular tabs.
     TabBorderSize           = 0.0f;             // Thickness of border around tabs.
     ButtonTextAlign         = ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f);// Alignment of button text when button is larger than text.
+    SelectableTextAlign     = ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f);// Alignment of selectable text when button is larger than text.
     DisplayWindowPadding    = ImVec2(19,19);    // Window position are clamped to be visible within the display area by at least this amount. Only applies to regular windows.
     DisplaySafeAreaPadding  = ImVec2(3,3);      // If you cannot see the edge of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Covers popups/tooltips as well regular windows.
     MouseCursorScale        = 1.0f;             // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). May be removed later.
@@ -1115,7 +1126,6 @@ void ImGuiStyle::ScaleAllSizes(float scale_factor)
     PopupRounding = ImFloor(PopupRounding * scale_factor);
     FramePadding = ImFloor(FramePadding * scale_factor);
     FrameRounding = ImFloor(FrameRounding * scale_factor);
-    TabRounding = ImFloor(TabRounding * scale_factor);
     ItemSpacing = ImFloor(ItemSpacing * scale_factor);
     ItemInnerSpacing = ImFloor(ItemInnerSpacing * scale_factor);
     TouchExtraPadding = ImFloor(TouchExtraPadding * scale_factor);
@@ -1125,6 +1135,7 @@ void ImGuiStyle::ScaleAllSizes(float scale_factor)
     ScrollbarRounding = ImFloor(ScrollbarRounding * scale_factor);
     GrabMinSize = ImFloor(GrabMinSize * scale_factor);
     GrabRounding = ImFloor(GrabRounding * scale_factor);
+    TabRounding = ImFloor(TabRounding * scale_factor);
     DisplayWindowPadding = ImFloor(DisplayWindowPadding * scale_factor);
     DisplaySafeAreaPadding = ImFloor(DisplaySafeAreaPadding * scale_factor);
     MouseCursorScale = ImFloor(MouseCursorScale * scale_factor);
@@ -1156,9 +1167,9 @@ ImGuiIO::ImGuiIO()
     FontDefault = NULL;
     FontAllowUserScaling = false;
     DisplayFramebufferScale = ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f);
-    DisplayVisibleMin = DisplayVisibleMax = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
 
-    // Miscellaneous configuration options
+    // Miscellaneous options
+    MouseDrawCursor = false;
 #ifdef __APPLE__
     ConfigMacOSXBehaviors = true;  // Set Mac OS X style defaults based on __APPLE__ compile time flag
 #else
@@ -1266,6 +1277,7 @@ ImVec2 ImTriangleClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c,
     return proj_ca;
 }
 
+// Consider using _stricmp/_strnicmp under Windows or strcasecmp/strncasecmp. We don't actually use either ImStricmp/ImStrnicmp in the codebase any more.
 int ImStricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2)
 {
     int d;
@@ -1282,9 +1294,11 @@ int ImStrnicmp(const char* str1, const char* str2, size_t count)
 
 void ImStrncpy(char* dst, const char* src, size_t count)
 {
-    if (count < 1) return;
-    strncpy(dst, src, count);
-    dst[count-1] = 0;
+    if (count < 1) 
+        return;
+    if (count > 1)
+        strncpy(dst, src, count - 1);
+    dst[count - 1] = 0;
 }
 
 char* ImStrdup(const char* str)
@@ -1423,45 +1437,69 @@ int ImFormatStringV(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, va_list args)
 }
 #endif // #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_FORMAT_STRING_FUNCTIONS
 
-// Pass data_size == 0 for zero-terminated strings, data_size > 0 for non-string data.
-// Pay attention that data_size==0 will yield different results than passing strlen(data) because the zero-terminated codepath handles ###.
-// This should technically be split into two distinct functions (ImHashData/ImHashStr), perhaps once we remove the silly static variable.
+// CRC32 needs a 1KB lookup table (not cache friendly)
+// Although the code to generate the table is simple and shorter than the table itself, using a const table allows us to easily:
+// - avoid an unnecessary branch/memory tap, - keep the ImHashXXX functions usable by static constructors, - make it thread-safe.
+static const ImU32 GCrc32LookupTable[256] = 
+{
+    0x00000000,0x77073096,0xEE0E612C,0x990951BA,0x076DC419,0x706AF48F,0xE963A535,0x9E6495A3,0x0EDB8832,0x79DCB8A4,0xE0D5E91E,0x97D2D988,0x09B64C2B,0x7EB17CBD,0xE7B82D07,0x90BF1D91,
+    0x1DB71064,0x6AB020F2,0xF3B97148,0x84BE41DE,0x1ADAD47D,0x6DDDE4EB,0xF4D4B551,0x83D385C7,0x136C9856,0x646BA8C0,0xFD62F97A,0x8A65C9EC,0x14015C4F,0x63066CD9,0xFA0F3D63,0x8D080DF5,
+    0x3B6E20C8,0x4C69105E,0xD56041E4,0xA2677172,0x3C03E4D1,0x4B04D447,0xD20D85FD,0xA50AB56B,0x35B5A8FA,0x42B2986C,0xDBBBC9D6,0xACBCF940,0x32D86CE3,0x45DF5C75,0xDCD60DCF,0xABD13D59,
+    0x26D930AC,0x51DE003A,0xC8D75180,0xBFD06116,0x21B4F4B5,0x56B3C423,0xCFBA9599,0xB8BDA50F,0x2802B89E,0x5F058808,0xC60CD9B2,0xB10BE924,0x2F6F7C87,0x58684C11,0xC1611DAB,0xB6662D3D,
+    0x76DC4190,0x01DB7106,0x98D220BC,0xEFD5102A,0x71B18589,0x06B6B51F,0x9FBFE4A5,0xE8B8D433,0x7807C9A2,0x0F00F934,0x9609A88E,0xE10E9818,0x7F6A0DBB,0x086D3D2D,0x91646C97,0xE6635C01,
+    0x6B6B51F4,0x1C6C6162,0x856530D8,0xF262004E,0x6C0695ED,0x1B01A57B,0x8208F4C1,0xF50FC457,0x65B0D9C6,0x12B7E950,0x8BBEB8EA,0xFCB9887C,0x62DD1DDF,0x15DA2D49,0x8CD37CF3,0xFBD44C65,
+    0x4DB26158,0x3AB551CE,0xA3BC0074,0xD4BB30E2,0x4ADFA541,0x3DD895D7,0xA4D1C46D,0xD3D6F4FB,0x4369E96A,0x346ED9FC,0xAD678846,0xDA60B8D0,0x44042D73,0x33031DE5,0xAA0A4C5F,0xDD0D7CC9,
+    0x5005713C,0x270241AA,0xBE0B1010,0xC90C2086,0x5768B525,0x206F85B3,0xB966D409,0xCE61E49F,0x5EDEF90E,0x29D9C998,0xB0D09822,0xC7D7A8B4,0x59B33D17,0x2EB40D81,0xB7BD5C3B,0xC0BA6CAD,
+    0xEDB88320,0x9ABFB3B6,0x03B6E20C,0x74B1D29A,0xEAD54739,0x9DD277AF,0x04DB2615,0x73DC1683,0xE3630B12,0x94643B84,0x0D6D6A3E,0x7A6A5AA8,0xE40ECF0B,0x9309FF9D,0x0A00AE27,0x7D079EB1,
+    0xF00F9344,0x8708A3D2,0x1E01F268,0x6906C2FE,0xF762575D,0x806567CB,0x196C3671,0x6E6B06E7,0xFED41B76,0x89D32BE0,0x10DA7A5A,0x67DD4ACC,0xF9B9DF6F,0x8EBEEFF9,0x17B7BE43,0x60B08ED5,
+    0xD6D6A3E8,0xA1D1937E,0x38D8C2C4,0x4FDFF252,0xD1BB67F1,0xA6BC5767,0x3FB506DD,0x48B2364B,0xD80D2BDA,0xAF0A1B4C,0x36034AF6,0x41047A60,0xDF60EFC3,0xA867DF55,0x316E8EEF,0x4669BE79,
+    0xCB61B38C,0xBC66831A,0x256FD2A0,0x5268E236,0xCC0C7795,0xBB0B4703,0x220216B9,0x5505262F,0xC5BA3BBE,0xB2BD0B28,0x2BB45A92,0x5CB36A04,0xC2D7FFA7,0xB5D0CF31,0x2CD99E8B,0x5BDEAE1D,
+    0x9B64C2B0,0xEC63F226,0x756AA39C,0x026D930A,0x9C0906A9,0xEB0E363F,0x72076785,0x05005713,0x95BF4A82,0xE2B87A14,0x7BB12BAE,0x0CB61B38,0x92D28E9B,0xE5D5BE0D,0x7CDCEFB7,0x0BDBDF21,
+    0x86D3D2D4,0xF1D4E242,0x68DDB3F8,0x1FDA836E,0x81BE16CD,0xF6B9265B,0x6FB077E1,0x18B74777,0x88085AE6,0xFF0F6A70,0x66063BCA,0x11010B5C,0x8F659EFF,0xF862AE69,0x616BFFD3,0x166CCF45,
+    0xA00AE278,0xD70DD2EE,0x4E048354,0x3903B3C2,0xA7672661,0xD06016F7,0x4969474D,0x3E6E77DB,0xAED16A4A,0xD9D65ADC,0x40DF0B66,0x37D83BF0,0xA9BCAE53,0xDEBB9EC5,0x47B2CF7F,0x30B5FFE9,
+    0xBDBDF21C,0xCABAC28A,0x53B39330,0x24B4A3A6,0xBAD03605,0xCDD70693,0x54DE5729,0x23D967BF,0xB3667A2E,0xC4614AB8,0x5D681B02,0x2A6F2B94,0xB40BBE37,0xC30C8EA1,0x5A05DF1B,0x2D02EF8D,
+};
+
+// Known size hash
+// It is ok to call ImHashData on a string with known length but the ### operator won't be supported.
 // FIXME-OPT: Replace with e.g. FNV1a hash? CRC32 pretty much randomly access 1KB. Need to do proper measurements.
-ImU32 ImHash(const void* data, int data_size, ImU32 seed)
+ImU32 ImHashData(const void* data_p, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed)
 {
-    static ImU32 crc32_lut[256] = { 0 };
-    if (!crc32_lut[1])
-    {
-        const ImU32 polynomial = 0xEDB88320;
-        for (ImU32 i = 0; i < 256; i++)
-        {
-            ImU32 crc = i;
-            for (ImU32 j = 0; j < 8; j++)
-                crc = (crc >> 1) ^ (ImU32(-int(crc & 1)) & polynomial);
-            crc32_lut[i] = crc;
-        }
-    }
+    ImU32 crc = ~seed;
+    const unsigned char* data = (const unsigned char*)data_p;
+    const ImU32* crc32_lut = GCrc32LookupTable;
+    while (data_size-- != 0)
+        crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc32_lut[(crc & 0xFF) ^ *data++];
+    return ~crc;
+}
 
+// Zero-terminated string hash, with support for ### to reset back to seed value
+// We support a syntax of "label###id" where only "###id" is included in the hash, and only "label" gets displayed.
+// Because this syntax is rarely used we are optimizing for the common case.
+// - If we reach ### in the string we discard the hash so far and reset to the seed.
+// - We don't do 'current += 2; continue;' after handling ### to keep the code smaller/faster (measured ~10% diff in Debug build)
+// FIXME-OPT: Replace with e.g. FNV1a hash? CRC32 pretty much randomly access 1KB. Need to do proper measurements.
+ImU32 ImHashStr(const char* data, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed)
+{
     seed = ~seed;
     ImU32 crc = seed;
-    const unsigned char* current = (const unsigned char*)data;
-
-    if (data_size > 0)
+    const unsigned char* src = (const unsigned char*)data;
+    const ImU32* crc32_lut = GCrc32LookupTable;
+    if (data_size != 0)
     {
-        // Known size
-        while (data_size--)
-            crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc32_lut[(crc & 0xFF) ^ *current++];
+        while (data_size-- != 0)
+        {
+            unsigned char c = *src++;
+            if (c == '#' && src[0] == '#' && src[1] == '#')
+                crc = seed;
+            crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc32_lut[(crc & 0xFF) ^ c];
+        }
     }
     else
     {
-        // Zero-terminated string
-        while (unsigned char c = *current++)
+        while (unsigned char c = *src++)
         {
-            // We support a syntax of "label###id" where only "###id" is included in the hash, and only "label" gets displayed.
-            // Because this syntax is rarely used we are optimizing for the common case.
-            // - If we reach ### in the string we discard the hash so far and reset to the seed.
-            // - We don't do 'current += 2; continue;' after handling ### to keep the code smaller.
-            if (c == '#' && current[0] == '#' && current[1] == '#')
+            if (c == '#' && src[0] == '#' && src[1] == '#')
                 crc = seed;
             crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc32_lut[(crc & 0xFF) ^ c];
         }
@@ -2087,6 +2125,32 @@ bool ImGuiTextFilter::PassFilter(const char* text, const char* text_end) const
 
 char ImGuiTextBuffer::EmptyString[1] = { 0 };
 
+void ImGuiTextBuffer::append(const char* str, const char* str_end)
+{
+    int len = str_end ? (int)(str_end - str) : (int)strlen(str);
+
+    // Add zero-terminator the first time
+    const int write_off = (Buf.Size != 0) ? Buf.Size : 1;
+    const int needed_sz = write_off + len;
+    if (write_off + len >= Buf.Capacity)
+    {
+        int new_capacity = Buf.Capacity * 2;
+        Buf.reserve(needed_sz > new_capacity ? needed_sz : new_capacity);
+    }
+
+    Buf.resize(needed_sz);
+    memcpy(&Buf[write_off - 1], str, (size_t)len);
+    Buf[write_off - 1 + len] = 0;
+}
+
+void ImGuiTextBuffer::appendf(const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    appendfv(fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+}
+
 // Helper: Text buffer for logging/accumulating text
 void ImGuiTextBuffer::appendfv(const char* fmt, va_list args)
 {
@@ -2105,8 +2169,8 @@ void ImGuiTextBuffer::appendfv(const char* fmt, va_list args)
     const int needed_sz = write_off + len;
     if (write_off + len >= Buf.Capacity)
     {
-        int double_capacity = Buf.Capacity * 2;
-        Buf.reserve(needed_sz > double_capacity ? needed_sz : double_capacity);
+        int new_capacity = Buf.Capacity * 2;
+        Buf.reserve(needed_sz > new_capacity ? needed_sz : new_capacity);
     }
 
     Buf.resize(needed_sz);
@@ -2114,14 +2178,6 @@ void ImGuiTextBuffer::appendfv(const char* fmt, va_list args)
     va_end(args_copy);
 }
 
-void ImGuiTextBuffer::appendf(const char* fmt, ...)
-{
-    va_list args;
-    va_start(args, fmt);
-    appendfv(fmt, args);
-    va_end(args);
-}
-
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // [SECTION] ImGuiListClipper
 // This is currently not as flexible/powerful as it should be, needs some rework (see TODO)
@@ -2440,7 +2496,7 @@ ImGuiWindow::ImGuiWindow(ImGuiContext* context, const char* name)
     : DrawListInst(&context->DrawListSharedData)
 {
     Name = ImStrdup(name);
-    ID = ImHash(name, 0);
+    ID = ImHashStr(name, 0);
     IDStack.push_back(ID);
     Flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_None;
     Pos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
@@ -2465,6 +2521,7 @@ ImGuiWindow::ImGuiWindow(ImGuiContext* context, const char* name)
     Appearing = false;
     Hidden = false;
     HasCloseButton = false;
+    ResizeBorderHeld = -1;
     BeginCount = 0;
     BeginOrderWithinParent = -1;
     BeginOrderWithinContext = -1;
@@ -2509,7 +2566,7 @@ ImGuiWindow::~ImGuiWindow()
 ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end)
 {
     ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back();
-    ImGuiID id = ImHash(str, str_end ? (int)(str_end - str) : 0, seed);
+    ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(str, str_end ? (str_end - str) : 0, seed);
     ImGui::KeepAliveID(id);
     return id;
 }
@@ -2517,7 +2574,7 @@ ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end)
 ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const void* ptr)
 {
     ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back();
-    ImGuiID id = ImHash(&ptr, sizeof(void*), seed);
+    ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&ptr, sizeof(void*), seed);
     ImGui::KeepAliveID(id);
     return id;
 }
@@ -2525,13 +2582,13 @@ ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const void* ptr)
 ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDNoKeepAlive(const char* str, const char* str_end)
 {
     ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back();
-    return ImHash(str, str_end ? (int)(str_end - str) : 0, seed);
+    return ImHashStr(str, str_end ? (str_end - str) : 0, seed);
 }
 
 ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDNoKeepAlive(const void* ptr)
 {
     ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back();
-    return ImHash(&ptr, sizeof(void*), seed);
+    return ImHashData(&ptr, sizeof(void*), seed);
 }
 
 // This is only used in rare/specific situations to manufacture an ID out of nowhere.
@@ -2539,7 +2596,7 @@ ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDFromRectangle(const ImRect& r_abs)
 {
     ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back();
     const int r_rel[4] = { (int)(r_abs.Min.x - Pos.x), (int)(r_abs.Min.y - Pos.y), (int)(r_abs.Max.x - Pos.x), (int)(r_abs.Max.y - Pos.y) };
-    ImGuiID id = ImHash(&r_rel, sizeof(r_rel), seed);
+    ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&r_rel, sizeof(r_rel), seed);
     ImGui::KeepAliveID(id);
     return id;
 }
@@ -2578,6 +2635,7 @@ void ImGui::SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window)
     if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated)
     {
         g.ActiveIdTimer = 0.0f;
+        g.ActiveIdHasBeenPressed = false;
         g.ActiveIdHasBeenEdited = false;
         if (id != 0)
         {
@@ -2587,6 +2645,7 @@ void ImGui::SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window)
     }
     g.ActiveId = id;
     g.ActiveIdAllowNavDirFlags = 0;
+    g.ActiveIdBlockNavInputFlags = 0;
     g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false;
     g.ActiveIdWindow = window;
     if (id)
@@ -2652,9 +2711,9 @@ void ImGui::MarkItemEdited(ImGuiID id)
 {
     // This marking is solely to be able to provide info for IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit().
     // ActiveId might have been released by the time we call this (as in the typical press/release button behavior) but still need need to fill the data.
-    (void)id; // Avoid unused variable warnings when asserts are compiled out.
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveId == 0 || g.DragDropActive);
+    IM_UNUSED(id); // Avoid unused variable warnings when asserts are compiled out.
     //IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId == id);
     g.ActiveIdHasBeenEdited = true;
     g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited;
@@ -2741,7 +2800,7 @@ bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb_arg)
 
 #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
     if (id != 0)
-        ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(&g, bb, id);
+        ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(&g, nav_bb_arg ? *nav_bb_arg : bb, id);
 #endif
 
     // Clipping test
@@ -2792,7 +2851,8 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags)
     if ((window->DC.ItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled))
         return false;
 
-    // Special handling for the 1st item after Begin() which represent the title bar. When the window is collapsed (SkipItems==true) that last item will never be overwritten so we need to detect tht case.
+    // Special handling for the dummy item after Begin() which represent the title bar or tab. 
+    // When the window is collapsed (SkipItems==true) that last item will never be overwritten so we need to detect the case.
     if (window->DC.LastItemId == window->MoveId && window->WriteAccessed)
         return false;
     return true;
@@ -2899,7 +2959,7 @@ void* ImGui::MemAlloc(size_t size)
 
 void ImGui::MemFree(void* ptr)
 {
-    if (ptr) 
+    if (ptr)
         if (ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui)
             ctx->IO.MetricsActiveAllocations--;
     return GImAllocatorFreeFunc(ptr, GImAllocatorUserData);
@@ -2951,7 +3011,7 @@ bool ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(const char* version, size_t sz_io, si
     return !error;
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions(void* (*alloc_func)(size_t sz, void* user_data), void(*free_func)(void* ptr, void* user_data), void* user_data)
+void ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions(void* (*alloc_func)(size_t sz, void* user_data), void (*free_func)(void* ptr, void* user_data), void* user_data)
 {
     GImAllocatorAllocFunc = alloc_func;
     GImAllocatorFreeFunc = free_func;
@@ -3026,13 +3086,17 @@ void ImGui::StartMouseMovingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
     // Set ActiveId even if the _NoMove flag is set. Without it, dragging away from a window with _NoMove would activate hover on other windows.
     // We _also_ call this when clicking in a window empty space when io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly is set, but clear g.MovingWindow afterward.
-    // This is because we want ActiveId to be set even when the window is stuck from moving.
+    // This is because we want ActiveId to be set even when the window is not permitted to move.
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     FocusWindow(window);
     SetActiveID(window->MoveId, window);
     g.NavDisableHighlight = true;
     g.ActiveIdClickOffset = g.IO.MousePos - window->RootWindow->Pos;
-    if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove) && !(window->RootWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove))
+
+    bool can_move_window = true;
+    if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove) || (window->RootWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove))
+        can_move_window = false;
+    if (can_move_window)
         g.MovingWindow = window;
 }
 
@@ -3100,7 +3164,8 @@ void ImGui::UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame()
         }
         else if (g.NavWindow != NULL && GetFrontMostPopupModal() == NULL)
         {
-            FocusWindow(NULL);  // Clicking on void disable focus
+            // Clicking on void disable focus
+            FocusWindow(NULL);
         }
     }
 
@@ -3301,12 +3366,12 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame()
     // Check user data
     // (We pass an error message in the assert expression to make it visible to programmers who are not using a debugger, as most assert handlers display their argument)
     IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized);
-    IM_ASSERT(g.IO.DeltaTime >= 0.0f                                    && "Need a positive DeltaTime (zero is tolerated but will cause some timing issues)");
-    IM_ASSERT(g.IO.DisplaySize.x >= 0.0f && g.IO.DisplaySize.y >= 0.0f  && "Invalid DisplaySize value");
+    IM_ASSERT((g.IO.DeltaTime > 0.0f || g.FrameCount == 0)              && "Need a positive DeltaTime!");
+    IM_ASSERT(g.IO.DisplaySize.x >= 0.0f && g.IO.DisplaySize.y >= 0.0f  && "Invalid DisplaySize value!");
     IM_ASSERT(g.IO.Fonts->Fonts.Size > 0                                && "Font Atlas not built. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() / GetTexDataAsAlpha8() ?");
     IM_ASSERT(g.IO.Fonts->Fonts[0]->IsLoaded()                          && "Font Atlas not built. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() / GetTexDataAsAlpha8() ?");
-    IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CurveTessellationTol > 0.0f                       && "Invalid style setting");
-    IM_ASSERT(g.Style.Alpha >= 0.0f && g.Style.Alpha <= 1.0f            && "Invalid style setting. Alpha cannot be negative (allows us to avoid a few clamps in color computations)");
+    IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CurveTessellationTol > 0.0f                       && "Invalid style setting!");
+    IM_ASSERT(g.Style.Alpha >= 0.0f && g.Style.Alpha <= 1.0f            && "Invalid style setting. Alpha cannot be negative (allows us to avoid a few clamps in color computations)!");
     IM_ASSERT((g.FrameCount == 0 || g.FrameCountEnded == g.FrameCount)  && "Forgot to call Render() or EndFrame() at the end of the previous frame?");
     for (int n = 0; n < ImGuiKey_COUNT; n++)
         IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[n] >= -1 && g.IO.KeyMap[n] < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown) && "io.KeyMap[] contains an out of bound value (need to be 0..512, or -1 for unmapped key)");
@@ -3348,7 +3413,7 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame()
     g.TooltipOverrideCount = 0;
     g.WindowsActiveCount = 0;
 
-    // Setup current font and draw list
+    // Setup current font and draw list shared data
     g.IO.Fonts->Locked = true;
     SetCurrentFont(GetDefaultFont());
     IM_ASSERT(g.Font->IsLoaded());
@@ -3360,7 +3425,7 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame()
     g.OverlayDrawList.PushClipRectFullScreen();
     g.OverlayDrawList.Flags = (g.Style.AntiAliasedLines ? ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines : 0) | (g.Style.AntiAliasedFill ? ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill : 0);
 
-    // Mark rendering data as invalid to prevent user who may have a handle on it to use it
+    // Mark rendering data as invalid to prevent user who may have a handle on it to use it.
     g.DrawData.Clear();
 
     // Drag and drop keep the source ID alive so even if the source disappear our state is consistent
@@ -3483,11 +3548,11 @@ void ImGui::Initialize(ImGuiContext* context)
     // Add .ini handle for ImGuiWindow type
     ImGuiSettingsHandler ini_handler;
     ini_handler.TypeName = "Window";
-    ini_handler.TypeHash = ImHash("Window", 0, 0);
+    ini_handler.TypeHash = ImHashStr("Window", 0);
     ini_handler.ReadOpenFn = SettingsHandlerWindow_ReadOpen;
     ini_handler.ReadLineFn = SettingsHandlerWindow_ReadLine;
     ini_handler.WriteAllFn = SettingsHandlerWindow_WriteAll;
-    g.SettingsHandlers.push_front(ini_handler);
+    g.SettingsHandlers.push_back(ini_handler);
 
     g.Initialized = true;
 }
@@ -3527,8 +3592,7 @@ void ImGui::Shutdown(ImGuiContext* context)
     g.CurrentWindowStack.clear();
     g.WindowsById.Clear();
     g.NavWindow = NULL;
-    g.HoveredWindow = NULL;
-    g.HoveredRootWindow = NULL;
+    g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredRootWindow = NULL;
     g.ActiveIdWindow = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = NULL;
     g.MovingWindow = NULL;
     g.ColorModifiers.clear();
@@ -3633,7 +3697,7 @@ static void AddWindowToDrawData(ImVector<ImDrawList*>* out_render_list, ImGuiWin
     }
 }
 
-static void AddWindowToDrawDataSelectLayer(ImGuiWindow* window)
+static void AddRootWindowToDrawData(ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)
@@ -3669,6 +3733,7 @@ static void SetupDrawData(ImVector<ImDrawList*>* draw_lists, ImDrawData* draw_da
     draw_data->TotalVtxCount = draw_data->TotalIdxCount = 0;
     draw_data->DisplayPos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
     draw_data->DisplaySize = io.DisplaySize;
+    draw_data->FramebufferScale = io.DisplayFramebufferScale;
     for (int n = 0; n < draw_lists->Size; n++)
     {
         draw_data->TotalVtxCount += draw_lists->Data[n]->VtxBuffer.Size;
@@ -3701,7 +3766,7 @@ void ImGui::EndFrame()
     IM_ASSERT(g.FrameScopeActive && "Forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame()?");
 
     // Notify OS when our Input Method Editor cursor has moved (e.g. CJK inputs using Microsoft IME)
-    if (g.IO.ImeSetInputScreenPosFn && ImLengthSqr(g.PlatformImeLastPos - g.PlatformImePos) > 0.0001f)
+    if (g.IO.ImeSetInputScreenPosFn && (g.PlatformImeLastPos.x == FLT_MAX || ImLengthSqr(g.PlatformImeLastPos - g.PlatformImePos) > 0.0001f))
     {
         g.IO.ImeSetInputScreenPosFn((int)g.PlatformImePos.x, (int)g.PlatformImePos.y);
         g.PlatformImeLastPos = g.PlatformImePos;
@@ -3769,7 +3834,8 @@ void ImGui::EndFrame()
         AddWindowToSortBuffer(&g.WindowsSortBuffer, window);
     }
 
-    IM_ASSERT(g.Windows.Size == g.WindowsSortBuffer.Size);  // we done something wrong
+    // This usually assert if there is a mismatch between the ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow / ParentWindow values and DC.ChildWindows[] in parents, aka we've done something wrong.
+    IM_ASSERT(g.Windows.Size == g.WindowsSortBuffer.Size);
     g.Windows.swap(g.WindowsSortBuffer);
     g.IO.MetricsActiveWindows = g.WindowsActiveCount;
 
@@ -3801,11 +3867,11 @@ void ImGui::Render()
     {
         ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[n];
         if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(window) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) == 0 && window != windows_to_render_front_most[0] && window != windows_to_render_front_most[1])
-            AddWindowToDrawDataSelectLayer(window);
+            AddRootWindowToDrawData(window);
     }
     for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(windows_to_render_front_most); n++)
         if (windows_to_render_front_most[n] && IsWindowActiveAndVisible(windows_to_render_front_most[n])) // NavWindowingTarget is always temporarily displayed as the front-most window
-            AddWindowToDrawDataSelectLayer(windows_to_render_front_most[n]);
+            AddRootWindowToDrawData(windows_to_render_front_most[n]);
     g.DrawDataBuilder.FlattenIntoSingleLayer();
 
     // Draw software mouse cursor if requested
@@ -3845,11 +3911,7 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::CalcTextSize(const char* text, const char* text_end, bool hide_tex
         return ImVec2(0.0f, font_size);
     ImVec2 text_size = font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, FLT_MAX, wrap_width, text, text_display_end, NULL);
 
-    // Cancel out character spacing for the last character of a line (it is baked into glyph->AdvanceX field)
-    const float font_scale = font_size / font->FontSize;
-    const float character_spacing_x = 1.0f * font_scale;
-    if (text_size.x > 0.0f)
-        text_size.x -= character_spacing_x;
+    // Round
     text_size.x = (float)(int)(text_size.x + 0.95f);
 
     return text_size;
@@ -3897,8 +3959,8 @@ void ImGui::CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items
 }
 
 // Find window given position, search front-to-back
-// FIXME: Note that we have an inconsequential lag here: OuterRectClipped is updated in Begin(), so windows moved programatically 
-// with SetWindowPos() and not SetNextWindowPos() will have that rectangle lagging by a frame at the time FindHoveredWindow() is 
+// FIXME: Note that we have an inconsequential lag here: OuterRectClipped is updated in Begin(), so windows moved programatically
+// with SetWindowPos() and not SetNextWindowPos() will have that rectangle lagging by a frame at the time FindHoveredWindow() is
 // called, aka before the next Begin(). Moving window isn't affected.
 static void FindHoveredWindow()
 {
@@ -3985,7 +4047,8 @@ int ImGui::CalcTypematicPressedRepeatAmount(float t, float t_prev, float repeat_
 int ImGui::GetKeyPressedAmount(int key_index, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (key_index < 0) return false;
+    if (key_index < 0) 
+        return 0;
     IM_ASSERT(key_index >= 0 && key_index < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown));
     const float t = g.IO.KeysDownDuration[key_index];
     return CalcTypematicPressedRepeatAmount(t, t - g.IO.DeltaTime, repeat_delay, repeat_rate);
@@ -3994,7 +4057,8 @@ int ImGui::GetKeyPressedAmount(int key_index, float repeat_delay, float repeat_r
 bool ImGui::IsKeyPressed(int user_key_index, bool repeat)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (user_key_index < 0) return false;
+    if (user_key_index < 0) 
+        return false;
     IM_ASSERT(user_key_index >= 0 && user_key_index < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown));
     const float t = g.IO.KeysDownDuration[user_key_index];
     if (t == 0.0f)
@@ -4085,13 +4149,15 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup()
     return g.IO.MousePos;
 }
 
-// We typically use ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) to denote an invalid mouse position
+// We typically use ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) to denote an invalid mouse position.
 bool ImGui::IsMousePosValid(const ImVec2* mouse_pos)
 {
-    if (mouse_pos == NULL)
-        mouse_pos = &GImGui->IO.MousePos;
+    // The assert is only to silence a false-positive in XCode Static Analysis.
+    // Because GImGui is not dereferenced in every code path, the static analyzer assume that it may be NULL (which it doesn't for other functions).
+    IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL);
     const float MOUSE_INVALID = -256000.0f;
-    return mouse_pos->x >= MOUSE_INVALID && mouse_pos->y >= MOUSE_INVALID;
+    ImVec2 p = mouse_pos ? *mouse_pos : GImGui->IO.MousePos;
+    return p.x >= MOUSE_INVALID && p.y >= MOUSE_INVALID;
 }
 
 // Return the delta from the initial clicking position.
@@ -4148,6 +4214,18 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemActive()
     return false;
 }
 
+bool ImGui::IsItemActivated()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.ActiveId)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+        if (g.ActiveId == window->DC.LastItemId && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame != window->DC.LastItemId)
+            return true;
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
 bool ImGui::IsItemDeactivated()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
@@ -4165,7 +4243,10 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemFocused()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
-    return g.NavId && !g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavId == window->DC.LastItemId;
+
+    if (g.NavId == 0 || g.NavDisableHighlight || g.NavId != window->DC.LastItemId)
+        return false;
+    return true;
 }
 
 bool ImGui::IsItemClicked(int mouse_button)
@@ -4234,8 +4315,6 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectSize()
 static ImRect GetViewportRect()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (g.IO.DisplayVisibleMin.x != g.IO.DisplayVisibleMax.x && g.IO.DisplayVisibleMin.y != g.IO.DisplayVisibleMax.y)
-        return ImRect(g.IO.DisplayVisibleMin, g.IO.DisplayVisibleMax);
     return ImRect(0.0f, 0.0f, g.IO.DisplaySize.x, g.IO.DisplaySize.y);
 }
 
@@ -4392,7 +4471,7 @@ ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindWindowByID(ImGuiID id)
 
 ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindWindowByName(const char* name)
 {
-    ImGuiID id = ImHash(name, 0);
+    ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(name, 0);
     return FindWindowByID(id);
 }
 
@@ -4478,7 +4557,8 @@ static ImVec2 CalcSizeAfterConstraint(ImGuiWindow* window, ImVec2 new_size)
 static ImVec2 CalcSizeContents(ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
     if (window->Collapsed)
-        return window->SizeContents;
+        if (window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0)
+            return window->SizeContents;
     if (window->Hidden && window->HiddenFramesForResize == 0 && window->HiddenFramesRegular > 0)
         return window->SizeContents;
 
@@ -4499,13 +4579,16 @@ static ImVec2 CalcSizeAutoFit(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_contents)
     }
     else
     {
-        // When the window cannot fit all contents (either because of constraints, either because screen is too small): we are growing the size on the other axis to compensate for expected scrollbar. FIXME: Might turn bigger than DisplaySize-WindowPadding.
+        // Maximum window size is determined by the display size
         const bool is_popup = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0;
         const bool is_menu = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) != 0;
         ImVec2 size_min = style.WindowMinSize;
         if (is_popup || is_menu) // Popups and menus bypass style.WindowMinSize by default, but we give then a non-zero minimum size to facilitate understanding problematic cases (e.g. empty popups)
             size_min = ImMin(size_min, ImVec2(4.0f, 4.0f));
         ImVec2 size_auto_fit = ImClamp(size_contents, size_min, ImMax(size_min, g.IO.DisplaySize - style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding * 2.0f));
+
+        // When the window cannot fit all contents (either because of constraints, either because screen is too small),
+        // we are growing the size on the other axis to compensate for expected scrollbar. FIXME: Might turn bigger than ViewportSize-WindowPadding.
         ImVec2 size_auto_fit_after_constraint = CalcSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit);
         if (size_auto_fit_after_constraint.x < size_contents.x && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar))
             size_auto_fit.y += style.ScrollbarSize;
@@ -4585,12 +4668,12 @@ static void CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& co
 
 struct ImGuiResizeGripDef
 {
-    ImVec2  CornerPos;
+    ImVec2  CornerPosN;
     ImVec2  InnerDir;
     int     AngleMin12, AngleMax12;
 };
 
-const ImGuiResizeGripDef resize_grip_def[4] =
+static const ImGuiResizeGripDef resize_grip_def[4] =
 {
     { ImVec2(1,1), ImVec2(-1,-1), 0, 3 }, // Lower right
     { ImVec2(0,1), ImVec2(+1,-1), 3, 6 }, // Lower left
@@ -4602,10 +4685,10 @@ static ImRect GetResizeBorderRect(ImGuiWindow* window, int border_n, float perp_
 {
     ImRect rect = window->Rect();
     if (thickness == 0.0f) rect.Max -= ImVec2(1,1);
-    if (border_n == 0) return ImRect(rect.Min.x + perp_padding, rect.Min.y - thickness,    rect.Max.x - perp_padding, rect.Min.y + thickness);
-    if (border_n == 1) return ImRect(rect.Max.x - thickness,    rect.Min.y + perp_padding, rect.Max.x + thickness,    rect.Max.y - perp_padding);
-    if (border_n == 2) return ImRect(rect.Min.x + perp_padding, rect.Max.y - thickness,    rect.Max.x - perp_padding, rect.Max.y + thickness);
-    if (border_n == 3) return ImRect(rect.Min.x - thickness,    rect.Min.y + perp_padding, rect.Min.x + thickness,    rect.Max.y - perp_padding);
+    if (border_n == 0) return ImRect(rect.Min.x + perp_padding, rect.Min.y - thickness,    rect.Max.x - perp_padding, rect.Min.y + thickness);      // Top
+    if (border_n == 1) return ImRect(rect.Max.x - thickness,    rect.Min.y + perp_padding, rect.Max.x + thickness,    rect.Max.y - perp_padding);   // Right
+    if (border_n == 2) return ImRect(rect.Min.x + perp_padding, rect.Max.y - thickness,    rect.Max.x - perp_padding, rect.Max.y + thickness);      // Bottom
+    if (border_n == 3) return ImRect(rect.Min.x - thickness,    rect.Min.y + perp_padding, rect.Min.x + thickness,    rect.Max.y - perp_padding);   // Left
     IM_ASSERT(0);
     return ImRect();
 }
@@ -4633,7 +4716,7 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_au
     for (int resize_grip_n = 0; resize_grip_n < resize_grip_count; resize_grip_n++)
     {
         const ImGuiResizeGripDef& grip = resize_grip_def[resize_grip_n];
-        const ImVec2 corner = ImLerp(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, grip.CornerPos);
+        const ImVec2 corner = ImLerp(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, grip.CornerPosN);
 
         // Using the FlattenChilds button flag we make the resize button accessible even if we are hovering over a child window
         ImRect resize_rect(corner - grip.InnerDir * grip_hover_outer_size, corner + grip.InnerDir * grip_hover_inner_size);
@@ -4655,8 +4738,8 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_au
         {
             // Resize from any of the four corners
             // We don't use an incremental MouseDelta but rather compute an absolute target size based on mouse position
-            ImVec2 corner_target = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset + ImLerp(grip.InnerDir * grip_hover_outer_size, grip.InnerDir * -grip_hover_inner_size, grip.CornerPos); // Corner of the window corresponding to our corner grip
-            CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(window, corner_target, grip.CornerPos, &pos_target, &size_target);
+            ImVec2 corner_target = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset + ImLerp(grip.InnerDir * grip_hover_outer_size, grip.InnerDir * -grip_hover_inner_size, grip.CornerPosN); // Corner of the window corresponding to our corner grip
+            CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(window, corner_target, grip.CornerPosN, &pos_target, &size_target);
         }
         if (resize_grip_n == 0 || held || hovered)
             resize_grip_col[resize_grip_n] = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered : ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip);
@@ -4670,16 +4753,17 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_au
         if ((hovered && g.HoveredIdTimer > WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER) || held)
         {
             g.MouseCursor = (border_n & 1) ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS;
-            if (held) *border_held = border_n;
+            if (held) 
+                *border_held = border_n;
         }
         if (held)
         {
             ImVec2 border_target = window->Pos;
             ImVec2 border_posn;
-            if (border_n == 0) { border_posn = ImVec2(0, 0); border_target.y = (g.IO.MousePos.y - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.y + WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS); }
-            if (border_n == 1) { border_posn = ImVec2(1, 0); border_target.x = (g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS); }
-            if (border_n == 2) { border_posn = ImVec2(0, 1); border_target.y = (g.IO.MousePos.y - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.y + WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS); }
-            if (border_n == 3) { border_posn = ImVec2(0, 0); border_target.x = (g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS); }
+            if (border_n == 0) { border_posn = ImVec2(0, 0); border_target.y = (g.IO.MousePos.y - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.y + WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS); } // Top
+            if (border_n == 1) { border_posn = ImVec2(1, 0); border_target.x = (g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS); } // Right
+            if (border_n == 2) { border_posn = ImVec2(0, 1); border_target.y = (g.IO.MousePos.y - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.y + WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS); } // Bottom
+            if (border_n == 3) { border_posn = ImVec2(0, 0); border_target.x = (g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS); } // Left
             CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(window, border_target, border_posn, &pos_target, &size_target);
         }
     }
@@ -4720,6 +4804,43 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_au
     window->Size = window->SizeFull;
 }
 
+static void ImGui::RenderOuterBorders(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    float rounding = window->WindowRounding;
+    float border_size = window->WindowBorderSize;
+    if (border_size > 0.0f && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground))
+        window->DrawList->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, border_size);
+
+    int border_held = window->ResizeBorderHeld;
+    if (border_held != -1)
+    {
+        struct ImGuiResizeBorderDef
+        {
+            ImVec2 InnerDir;
+            ImVec2 CornerPosN1, CornerPosN2;
+            float  OuterAngle;
+        };
+        static const ImGuiResizeBorderDef resize_border_def[4] =
+        {
+            { ImVec2(0,+1), ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2(1,0), IM_PI*1.50f }, // Top
+            { ImVec2(-1,0), ImVec2(1,0), ImVec2(1,1), IM_PI*0.00f }, // Right
+            { ImVec2(0,-1), ImVec2(1,1), ImVec2(0,1), IM_PI*0.50f }, // Bottom
+            { ImVec2(+1,0), ImVec2(0,1), ImVec2(0,0), IM_PI*1.00f }  // Left
+        };
+        const ImGuiResizeBorderDef& def = resize_border_def[border_held];
+        ImRect border_r = GetResizeBorderRect(window, border_held, rounding, 0.0f);
+        window->DrawList->PathArcTo(ImLerp(border_r.Min, border_r.Max, def.CornerPosN1) + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) + def.InnerDir * rounding, rounding, def.OuterAngle - IM_PI*0.25f, def.OuterAngle);
+        window->DrawList->PathArcTo(ImLerp(border_r.Min, border_r.Max, def.CornerPosN2) + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) + def.InnerDir * rounding, rounding, def.OuterAngle, def.OuterAngle + IM_PI*0.25f);
+        window->DrawList->PathStroke(GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive), false, ImMax(2.0f, border_size)); // Thicker than usual
+    }
+    if (g.Style.FrameBorderSize > 0 && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))
+    {
+        float y = window->Pos.y + window->TitleBarHeight() - 1;
+        window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(window->Pos.x + border_size, y), ImVec2(window->Pos.x + window->Size.x - border_size, y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), g.Style.FrameBorderSize);
+    }
+}
+
 void ImGui::UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* parent_window)
 {
     window->ParentWindow = parent_window;
@@ -4729,7 +4850,10 @@ void ImGui::UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowFlags
     if (parent_window && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && (flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)))
         window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight = parent_window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight;
     while (window->RootWindowForNav->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(window->RootWindowForNav->ParentWindow != NULL);
         window->RootWindowForNav = window->RootWindowForNav->ParentWindow;
+    }
 }
 
 // Push a new ImGui window to add widgets to.
@@ -4992,7 +5116,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
         // Position child window
         if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
         {
-            IM_ASSERT(parent_window->Active);
+            IM_ASSERT(parent_window && parent_window->Active);
             window->BeginOrderWithinParent = (short)parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.Size;
             parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.push_back(window);
             if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !window_pos_set_by_api && !window_is_child_tooltip)
@@ -5010,9 +5134,10 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
             window->Pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopup(window);
 
         // Clamp position so it stays visible
-        if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))
+        // Ignore zero-sized display explicitly to avoid losing positions if a window manager reports zero-sized window when initializing or minimizing.
+        if (!window_pos_set_by_api && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0)
         {
-            if (!window_pos_set_by_api && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0 && g.IO.DisplaySize.x > 0.0f && g.IO.DisplaySize.y > 0.0f) // Ignore zero-sized display explicitly to avoid losing positions if a window manager reports zero-sized window when initializing or minimizing.
+            if (g.IO.DisplaySize.x > 0.0f && g.IO.DisplaySize.y > 0.0f) // Ignore zero-sized display explicitly to avoid losing positions if a window manager reports zero-sized window when initializing or minimizing.
             {
                 ImVec2 padding = ImMax(style.DisplayWindowPadding, style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding);
                 ImVec2 size_for_clamping = ((g.IO.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) ? ImVec2(window->Size.x, window->TitleBarHeight()) : window->Size;
@@ -5038,8 +5163,12 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
         // Apply window focus (new and reactivated windows are moved to front)
         bool want_focus = false;
         if (window_just_activated_by_user && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing))
-            if (!(flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
+        {
+            if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
+                want_focus = true;
+            else if ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) == 0)
                 want_focus = true;
+        }
 
         // Handle manual resize: Resize Grips, Borders, Gamepad
         int border_held = -1;
@@ -5048,6 +5177,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
         const float grip_draw_size = (float)(int)ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.35f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f);
         if (!window->Collapsed)
             UpdateManualResize(window, size_auto_fit, &border_held, resize_grip_count, &resize_grip_col[0]);
+        window->ResizeBorderHeld = (signed char)border_held;
 
         // Default item width. Make it proportional to window size if window manually resizes
         if (window->Size.x > 0.0f && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))
@@ -5086,6 +5216,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
         }
 
         // Draw window + handle manual resize
+        // As we highlight the title bar when want_focus is set, multiple reappearing windows will have have their title bar highlighted on their reappearing frame.
         const float window_rounding = window->WindowRounding;
         const float window_border_size = window->WindowBorderSize;
         const ImGuiWindow* window_to_highlight = g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingTarget : g.NavWindow;
@@ -5106,8 +5237,11 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
             if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground))
             {
                 ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32(GetWindowBgColorIdxFromFlags(flags));
+                float alpha = 1.0f;
                 if (g.NextWindowData.BgAlphaCond != 0)
-                    bg_col = (bg_col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK) | (IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(g.NextWindowData.BgAlphaVal) << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT);
+                    alpha = g.NextWindowData.BgAlphaVal;
+                if (alpha != 1.0f)
+                    bg_col = (bg_col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK) | (IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(alpha) << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT);
                 window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(window->Pos + ImVec2(0, window->TitleBarHeight()), window->Pos + window->Size, bg_col, window_rounding, (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? ImDrawCornerFlags_All : ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot);
             }
             g.NextWindowData.BgAlphaCond = 0;
@@ -5115,7 +5249,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
             // Title bar
             if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))
             {
-                ImU32 title_bar_col = GetColorU32(window->Collapsed ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed : title_bar_is_highlight ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBg);
+                ImU32 title_bar_col = GetColorU32(title_bar_is_highlight ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBg);
                 window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, title_bar_col, window_rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_Top);
             }
 
@@ -5141,7 +5275,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
                 for (int resize_grip_n = 0; resize_grip_n < resize_grip_count; resize_grip_n++)
                 {
                     const ImGuiResizeGripDef& grip = resize_grip_def[resize_grip_n];
-                    const ImVec2 corner = ImLerp(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, grip.CornerPos);
+                    const ImVec2 corner = ImLerp(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, grip.CornerPosN);
                     window->DrawList->PathLineTo(corner + grip.InnerDir * ((resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImVec2(window_border_size, grip_draw_size) : ImVec2(grip_draw_size, window_border_size)));
                     window->DrawList->PathLineTo(corner + grip.InnerDir * ((resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImVec2(grip_draw_size, window_border_size) : ImVec2(window_border_size, grip_draw_size)));
                     window->DrawList->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(corner.x + grip.InnerDir.x * (window_rounding + window_border_size), corner.y + grip.InnerDir.y * (window_rounding + window_border_size)), window_rounding, grip.AngleMin12, grip.AngleMax12);
@@ -5150,15 +5284,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
             }
 
             // Borders
-            if (window_border_size > 0.0f && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground))
-                window->DrawList->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), window_rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, window_border_size);
-            if (border_held != -1)
-            {
-                ImRect border = GetResizeBorderRect(window, border_held, grip_draw_size, 0.0f);
-                window->DrawList->AddLine(border.Min, border.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive), ImMax(1.0f, window_border_size));
-            }
-            if (style.FrameBorderSize > 0 && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))
-                window->DrawList->AddLine(title_bar_rect.GetBL() + ImVec2(style.WindowBorderSize, -1), title_bar_rect.GetBR() + ImVec2(-style.WindowBorderSize, -1), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), style.FrameBorderSize);
+            RenderOuterBorders(window);
         }
 
         // Draw navigation selection/windowing rectangle border
@@ -5315,7 +5441,8 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
         window->InnerClipRect.Max.x = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerMainRect.Max.x - ImMax(0.0f, ImFloor(window->WindowPadding.x*0.5f - window->WindowBorderSize)));
         window->InnerClipRect.Max.y = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerMainRect.Max.y);
 
-        // After Begin() we fill the last item / hovered data based on title bar data. It is a standard behavior (to allow creation of context menus on title bar only, etc.).
+        // We fill last item data based on Title Bar, in order for IsItemHovered() and IsItemActive() to be usable after Begin().
+        // This is useful to allow creating context menus on title bar only, etc.
         window->DC.LastItemId = window->MoveId;
         window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags = IsMouseHoveringRect(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, false) ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect : 0;
         window->DC.LastItemRect = title_bar_rect;
@@ -5335,7 +5462,6 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
         // Child window can be out of sight and have "negative" clip windows.
         // Mark them as collapsed so commands are skipped earlier (we can't manually collapse them because they have no title bar).
         IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) != 0);
-
         if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0)
             if (window->OuterRectClipped.Min.x >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.x || window->OuterRectClipped.Min.y >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.y)
                 window->HiddenFramesRegular = 1;
@@ -5460,7 +5586,7 @@ void ImGui::FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)
         g.NavId = window ? window->NavLastIds[0] : 0; // Restore NavId
         g.NavIdIsAlive = false;
         g.NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Main;
-        //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("FocusWindow(\"%s\")\n", g.FrameCount, window ? window->Name : NULL);
+        //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("FocusWindow(\"%s\")\n", window ? window->Name : NULL);
     }
 
     // Passing NULL allow to disable keyboard focus
@@ -5547,7 +5673,7 @@ void ImGui::SetCurrentFont(ImFont* font)
     IM_ASSERT(font && font->IsLoaded());    // Font Atlas not created. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32 / GetTexDataAsAlpha8 ?
     IM_ASSERT(font->Scale > 0.0f);
     g.Font = font;
-    g.FontBaseSize = g.IO.FontGlobalScale * g.Font->FontSize * g.Font->Scale;
+    g.FontBaseSize = ImMax(1.0f, g.IO.FontGlobalScale * g.Font->FontSize * g.Font->Scale);
     g.FontSize = g.CurrentWindow ? g.CurrentWindow->CalcFontSize() : 0.0f;
 
     ImFontAtlas* atlas = g.Font->ContainerAtlas;
@@ -5669,28 +5795,29 @@ struct ImGuiStyleVarInfo
 
 static const ImGuiStyleVarInfo GStyleVarInfo[] =
 {
-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, Alpha) },              // ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha
-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowPadding) },      // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding
-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowRounding) },     // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding
-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowBorderSize) },   // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize
-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowMinSize) },      // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize
-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowTitleAlign) },   // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowTitleAlign
-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ChildRounding) },      // ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding
-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ChildBorderSize) },    // ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize
-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, PopupRounding) },      // ImGuiStyleVar_PopupRounding
-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, PopupBorderSize) },    // ImGuiStyleVar_PopupBorderSize
-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, FramePadding) },       // ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding
-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, FrameRounding) },      // ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding
-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, FrameBorderSize) },    // ImGuiStyleVar_FrameBorderSize
-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ItemSpacing) },        // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing
-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ItemInnerSpacing) },   // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing
-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, IndentSpacing) },      // ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing
-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarSize) },      // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarSize
-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarRounding) },  // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarRounding
-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, GrabMinSize) },        // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize
-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, GrabRounding) },       // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabRounding
-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, TabRounding) },        // ImGuiStyleVar_TabRounding
-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ButtonTextAlign) },    // ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, Alpha) },               // ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowPadding) },       // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowRounding) },      // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowBorderSize) },    // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowMinSize) },       // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowTitleAlign) },    // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowTitleAlign
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ChildRounding) },       // ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ChildBorderSize) },     // ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, PopupRounding) },       // ImGuiStyleVar_PopupRounding
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, PopupBorderSize) },     // ImGuiStyleVar_PopupBorderSize
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, FramePadding) },        // ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, FrameRounding) },       // ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, FrameBorderSize) },     // ImGuiStyleVar_FrameBorderSize
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ItemSpacing) },         // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ItemInnerSpacing) },    // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, IndentSpacing) },       // ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarSize) },       // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarSize
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarRounding) },   // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarRounding
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, GrabMinSize) },         // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, GrabRounding) },        // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabRounding
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, TabRounding) },         // ImGuiStyleVar_TabRounding
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ButtonTextAlign) },     // ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, SelectableTextAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign
 };
 
 static const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* GetStyleVarInfo(ImGuiStyleVar idx)
@@ -5918,7 +6045,7 @@ void ImGui::SetWindowScrollY(ImGuiWindow* window, float new_scroll_y)
     window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y -= window->Scroll.y;
 }
 
-static void SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond)
+void ImGui::SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond)
 {
     // Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time
     if (cond && (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & cond) == 0)
@@ -5953,7 +6080,7 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowSize()
     return window->Size;
 }
 
-static void SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond)
+void ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond)
 {
     // Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time
     if (cond && (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & cond) == 0)
@@ -5996,7 +6123,7 @@ void ImGui::SetWindowSize(const char* name, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond)
         SetWindowSize(window, size, cond);
 }
 
-static void SetWindowCollapsed(ImGuiWindow* window, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond)
+void ImGui::SetWindowCollapsed(ImGuiWindow* window, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond)
 {
     // Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time
     if (cond && (window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags & cond) == 0)
@@ -6102,7 +6229,7 @@ void ImGui::SetNextWindowBgAlpha(float alpha)
     g.NextWindowData.BgAlphaCond = ImGuiCond_Always; // Using a Cond member for consistency (may transition all of them to single flag set for fast Clear() op)
 }
 
-// In window space (not screen space!)
+// FIXME: This is in window space (not screen space!)
 ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionMax()
 {
     ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
@@ -6340,71 +6467,74 @@ void ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus()
 
 void ImGui::SetStateStorage(ImGuiStorage* tree)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
     window->DC.StateStorage = tree ? tree : &window->StateStorage;
 }
 
 ImGuiStorage* ImGui::GetStateStorage()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
     return window->DC.StateStorage;
 }
 
 void ImGui::PushID(const char* str_id)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
     window->IDStack.push_back(window->GetIDNoKeepAlive(str_id));
 }
 
 void ImGui::PushID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
     window->IDStack.push_back(window->GetIDNoKeepAlive(str_id_begin, str_id_end));
 }
 
 void ImGui::PushID(const void* ptr_id)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
     window->IDStack.push_back(window->GetIDNoKeepAlive(ptr_id));
 }
 
 void ImGui::PushID(int int_id)
 {
     const void* ptr_id = (void*)(intptr_t)int_id;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
     window->IDStack.push_back(window->GetIDNoKeepAlive(ptr_id));
 }
 
 void ImGui::PopID()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
     window->IDStack.pop_back();
 }
 
 ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const char* str_id)
 {
-    return GImGui->CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id);
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->GetID(str_id);
 }
 
 ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end)
 {
-    return GImGui->CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id_begin, str_id_end);
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->GetID(str_id_begin, str_id_end);
 }
 
 ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const void* ptr_id)
 {
-    return GImGui->CurrentWindow->GetID(ptr_id);
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->GetID(ptr_id);
 }
 
 bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& size)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;;
     return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(ImRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size));
 }
 
 bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;;
     return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(ImRect(rect_min, rect_max));
 }
 
@@ -6456,7 +6586,7 @@ void ImGui::EndGroup()
     if (group_data.AdvanceCursor)
     {
         window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset, group_data.BackupCurrentLineTextBaseOffset);      // FIXME: Incorrect, we should grab the base offset from the *first line* of the group but it is hard to obtain now.
-        ItemSize(group_bb.GetSize(), group_data.BackupCurrentLineTextBaseOffset);
+        ItemSize(group_bb.GetSize(), 0.0f);
         ItemAdd(group_bb, 0);
     }
 
@@ -6724,8 +6854,8 @@ void ImGui::ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining, bool apply_focus_to_window_under)
 
     // FIXME: This code is faulty and we may want to eventually to replace or remove the 'apply_focus_to_window_under=true' path completely.
     // Instead of using g.OpenPopupStack[remaining-1].Window etc. we should find the highest root window that is behind the popups we are closing.
-    // The current code will set focus to the parent of the popup window which is incorrect. 
-    // It rarely manifested until now because UpdateMouseMovingWindow() would call FocusWindow() again on the clicked window, 
+    // The current code will set focus to the parent of the popup window which is incorrect.
+    // It rarely manifested until now because UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame() would call FocusWindow() again on the clicked window,
     // leading to a chain of focusing A (clicked window) then B (parent window of the popup) then A again.
     // However if the clicked window has the _NoMove flag set we would be left with B focused.
     // For now, we have disabled this path when called from ClosePopupsOverWindow() because the users of ClosePopupsOverWindow() don't need to alter focus anyway,
@@ -6745,8 +6875,21 @@ void ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup()
     int popup_idx = g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1;
     if (popup_idx < 0 || popup_idx >= g.OpenPopupStack.Size || g.BeginPopupStack[popup_idx].PopupId != g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx].PopupId)
         return;
-    while (popup_idx > 0 && g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx].Window && (g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx].Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu))
+
+    // Closing a menu closes its top-most parent popup (unless a modal)
+    while (popup_idx > 0)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx].Window;
+        ImGuiWindow* parent_popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx - 1].Window;
+        bool close_parent = false;
+        if (popup_window && (popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu))
+            if (parent_popup_window == NULL || !(parent_popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal))
+                close_parent = true;
+        if (!close_parent)
+            break;
         popup_idx--;
+    }
+    //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("CloseCurrentPopup %d -> %d\n", g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1, popup_idx);
     ClosePopupToLevel(popup_idx, true);
 
     // A common pattern is to close a popup when selecting a menu item/selectable that will open another window.
@@ -6822,7 +6965,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags fla
 
 void ImGui::EndPopup()
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; (void)g;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; 
     IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup);  // Mismatched BeginPopup()/EndPopup() calls
     IM_ASSERT(g.BeginPopupStack.Size > 0);
 
@@ -6936,11 +7079,11 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ImGuiWindow* window)
     ImRect r_outer = GetWindowAllowedExtentRect(window);
     if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)
     {
-        // Child menus typically request _any_ position within the parent menu item, and then our FindBestWindowPosForPopup() function will move the new menu outside the parent bounds.
+        // Child menus typically request _any_ position within the parent menu item, and then we move the new menu outside the parent bounds.
         // This is how we end up with child menus appearing (most-commonly) on the right of the parent menu.
         IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow == window);
         ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindowStack[g.CurrentWindowStack.Size - 2];
-        float horizontal_overlap = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x;       // We want some overlap to convey the relative depth of each menu (currently the amount of overlap is hard-coded to style.ItemSpacing.x).
+        float horizontal_overlap = g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; // We want some overlap to convey the relative depth of each menu (currently the amount of overlap is hard-coded to style.ItemSpacing.x).
         ImRect r_avoid;
         if (parent_window->DC.MenuBarAppending)
             r_avoid = ImRect(-FLT_MAX, parent_window->Pos.y + parent_window->TitleBarHeight(), FLT_MAX, parent_window->Pos.y + parent_window->TitleBarHeight() + parent_window->MenuBarHeight());
@@ -7186,6 +7329,7 @@ static void ImGui::NavProcessItem(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& nav_bb, con
         if (new_best)
         {
             result->ID = id;
+            result->SelectScopeId = g.MultiSelectScopeId;
             result->Window = window;
             result->RectRel = nav_bb_rel;
         }
@@ -7197,6 +7341,7 @@ static void ImGui::NavProcessItem(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& nav_bb, con
                 {
                     result = &g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet;
                     result->ID = id;
+                    result->SelectScopeId = g.MultiSelectScopeId;
                     result->Window = window;
                     result->RectRel = nav_bb_rel;
                 }
@@ -7515,14 +7660,15 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate()
 
     // Set output flags for user application
     g.IO.NavActive = (nav_keyboard_active || nav_gamepad_active) && g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs);
-    g.IO.NavVisible = (g.IO.NavActive && g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight) || (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL) || g.NavInitRequest;
+    g.IO.NavVisible = (g.IO.NavActive && g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight) || (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL);
 
     // Process NavCancel input (to close a popup, get back to parent, clear focus)
     if (IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_Cancel, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed))
     {
         if (g.ActiveId != 0)
         {
-            ClearActiveID();
+            if (!(g.ActiveIdBlockNavInputFlags & (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel)))
+                ClearActiveID();
         }
         else if (g.NavWindow && (g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && g.NavWindow->ParentWindow)
         {
@@ -7736,8 +7882,13 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateMoveResult()
 
     ClearActiveID();
     g.NavWindow = result->Window;
+    if (g.NavId != result->ID)
+    {
+        // Don't set NavJustMovedToId if just landed on the same spot (which may happen with ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId)
+        g.NavJustMovedToId = result->ID;
+        g.NavJustMovedToSelectScopeId = result->SelectScopeId;
+    }
     SetNavIDWithRectRel(result->ID, g.NavLayer, result->RectRel);
-    g.NavJustMovedToId = result->ID;
     g.NavMoveFromClampedRefRect = false;
 }
 
@@ -7749,7 +7900,7 @@ static float ImGui::NavUpdatePageUpPageDown(int allowed_dir_flags)
         ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;
         bool page_up_held = IsKeyDown(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageUp]) && (allowed_dir_flags & (1 << ImGuiDir_Up));
         bool page_down_held = IsKeyDown(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageDown]) && (allowed_dir_flags & (1 << ImGuiDir_Down));
-        if ((page_up_held && !page_down_held) || (page_down_held && !page_up_held))
+        if (page_up_held != page_down_held) // If either (not both) are pressed
         {
             if (window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavHasScroll)
             {
@@ -7938,7 +8089,7 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing()
     {
         // Move to parent menu if necessary
         ImGuiWindow* new_nav_window = g.NavWindow;
-        while ((new_nav_window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask & (1 << 1)) == 0 
+        while ((new_nav_window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask & (1 << 1)) == 0
             && (new_nav_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) != 0
             && (new_nav_window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) == 0)
             new_nav_window = new_nav_window->ParentWindow;
@@ -8393,7 +8544,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags)
     else
     {
         window = NULL;
-        source_id = ImHash("#SourceExtern", 0);
+        source_id = ImHashStr("#SourceExtern", 0);
         source_drag_active = true;
     }
 
@@ -8416,9 +8567,9 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags)
         if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip))
         {
             // Target can request the Source to not display its tooltip (we use a dedicated flag to make this request explicit)
-            // We unfortunately can't just modify the source flags and skip the call to BeginTooltip, as caller may be emitting contents. 
+            // We unfortunately can't just modify the source flags and skip the call to BeginTooltip, as caller may be emitting contents.
             BeginTooltip();
-            if (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev && (g.DragDropAcceptFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoPreviewTooltip))
+            if (g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev && (g.DragDropAcceptFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoPreviewTooltip))
             {
                 ImGuiWindow* tooltip_window = g.CurrentWindow;
                 tooltip_window->SkipItems = true;
@@ -8618,6 +8769,9 @@ void ImGui::EndDragDropTarget()
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // [SECTION] LOGGING/CAPTURING
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// All text output from the interface can be captured into tty/file/clipboard. 
+// By default, tree nodes are automatically opened during logging.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 // Pass text data straight to log (without being displayed)
 void ImGui::LogText(const char* fmt, ...)
@@ -8710,7 +8864,7 @@ void ImGui::LogToFile(int max_depth, const char* filename)
     g.LogFile = ImFileOpen(filename, "ab");
     if (!g.LogFile)
     {
-        IM_ASSERT(g.LogFile != NULL); // Consider this an error
+        IM_ASSERT(0);
         return;
     }
     g.LogEnabled = true;
@@ -8808,7 +8962,7 @@ ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::CreateNewWindowSettings(const char* name)
     g.SettingsWindows.push_back(ImGuiWindowSettings());
     ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = &g.SettingsWindows.back();
     settings->Name = ImStrdup(name);
-    settings->ID = ImHash(name, 0);
+    settings->ID = ImHashStr(name, 0);
     return settings;
 }
 
@@ -8821,6 +8975,13 @@ ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::FindWindowSettings(ImGuiID id)
     return NULL;
 }
 
+ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::FindOrCreateWindowSettings(const char* name)
+{
+    if (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = FindWindowSettings(ImHashStr(name, 0)))
+        return settings;
+    return CreateNewWindowSettings(name);
+}
+
 void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(const char* ini_filename)
 {
     size_t file_data_size = 0;
@@ -8834,7 +8995,7 @@ void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(const char* ini_filename)
 ImGuiSettingsHandler* ImGui::FindSettingsHandler(const char* type_name)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiID type_hash = ImHash(type_name, 0, 0);
+    const ImGuiID type_hash = ImHashStr(type_name, 0);
     for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++)
         if (g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].TypeHash == type_hash)
             return &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n];
@@ -8938,7 +9099,7 @@ const char* ImGui::SaveIniSettingsToMemory(size_t* out_size)
 
 static void* SettingsHandlerWindow_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name)
 {
-    ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ImGui::FindWindowSettings(ImHash(name, 0));
+    ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ImGui::FindWindowSettings(ImHashStr(name, 0));
     if (!settings)
         settings = ImGui::CreateNewWindowSettings(name);
     return (void*)settings;
@@ -9143,7 +9304,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open)
             if (draw_list == ImGui::GetWindowDrawList())
             {
                 ImGui::SameLine();
-                ImGui::TextColored(ImColor(255,100,100), "CURRENTLY APPENDING"); // Can't display stats for active draw list! (we don't have the data double-buffered)
+                ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1.0f,0.4f,0.4f,1.0f), "CURRENTLY APPENDING"); // Can't display stats for active draw list! (we don't have the data double-buffered)
                 if (node_open) ImGui::TreePop();
                 return;
             }
@@ -9181,16 +9342,18 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open)
                 // Display individual triangles/vertices. Hover on to get the corresponding triangle highlighted.
                 ImGuiListClipper clipper(pcmd->ElemCount/3); // Manually coarse clip our print out of individual vertices to save CPU, only items that may be visible.
                 while (clipper.Step())
-                    for (int prim = clipper.DisplayStart, vtx_i = elem_offset + clipper.DisplayStart*3; prim < clipper.DisplayEnd; prim++)
+                    for (int prim = clipper.DisplayStart, idx_i = elem_offset + clipper.DisplayStart*3; prim < clipper.DisplayEnd; prim++)
                     {
                         char buf[300];
                         char *buf_p = buf, *buf_end = buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf);
                         ImVec2 triangles_pos[3];
-                        for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++, vtx_i++)
+                        for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++, idx_i++)
                         {
-                            ImDrawVert& v = draw_list->VtxBuffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[vtx_i] : vtx_i];
+                            int vtx_i = idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[idx_i] : idx_i;
+                            ImDrawVert& v = draw_list->VtxBuffer[vtx_i];
                             triangles_pos[n] = v.pos;
-                            buf_p += ImFormatString(buf_p, (int)(buf_end - buf_p), "%s %04d: pos (%8.2f,%8.2f), uv (%.6f,%.6f), col %08X\n", (n == 0) ? "vtx" : "   ", vtx_i, v.pos.x, v.pos.y, v.uv.x, v.uv.y, v.col);
+                            buf_p += ImFormatString(buf_p, buf_end - buf_p, "%s %04d: pos (%8.2f,%8.2f), uv (%.6f,%.6f), col %08X\n",
+                                (n == 0) ? "idx" : "   ", idx_i, v.pos.x, v.pos.y, v.uv.x, v.uv.y, v.col);
                         }
                         ImGui::Selectable(buf, false);
                         if (ImGui::IsItemHovered())
@@ -9259,12 +9422,11 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open)
 
         static void NodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar)
         {
-            // Standalone tab bars (not associated to docking/windows functionality) currently hold no discernable strings.
+            // Standalone tab bars (not associated to docking/windows functionality) currently hold no discernible strings.
             char buf[256];
             char* p = buf;
             const char* buf_end = buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf);
-            p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, "TabBar (%d tabs)%s",
-                tab_bar->Tabs.Size, (tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible < ImGui::GetFrameCount() - 2) ? " *Inactive*" : "");
+            ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, "TabBar (%d tabs)%s", tab_bar->Tabs.Size, (tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible < ImGui::GetFrameCount() - 2) ? " *Inactive*" : "");
             if (ImGui::TreeNode(tab_bar, "%s", buf))
             {
                 for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++)
diff --git a/imgui/imgui.h b/imgui/imgui.h
index 26d642b7..3cd00a35 100644
--- a/imgui/imgui.h
+++ b/imgui/imgui.h
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.67
+// dear imgui, v1.68
 // (headers)
 
 // See imgui.cpp file for documentation.
@@ -45,8 +45,8 @@ Index of this file:
 
 // Version
 // (Integer encoded as XYYZZ for use in #if preprocessor conditionals. Work in progress versions typically starts at XYY00 then bounced up to XYY01 when release tagging happens)
-#define IMGUI_VERSION               "1.67"
-#define IMGUI_VERSION_NUM           16603
+#define IMGUI_VERSION               "1.68"
+#define IMGUI_VERSION_NUM           16801
 #define IMGUI_CHECKVERSION()        ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(IMGUI_VERSION, sizeof(ImGuiIO), sizeof(ImGuiStyle), sizeof(ImVec2), sizeof(ImVec4), sizeof(ImDrawVert))
 
 // Define attributes of all API symbols declarations (e.g. for DLL under Windows)
@@ -72,12 +72,15 @@ Index of this file:
 #endif
 #define IM_ARRAYSIZE(_ARR)          ((int)(sizeof(_ARR)/sizeof(*_ARR)))         // Size of a static C-style array. Don't use on pointers!
 #define IM_OFFSETOF(_TYPE,_MEMBER)  ((size_t)&(((_TYPE*)0)->_MEMBER))           // Offset of _MEMBER within _TYPE. Standardized as offsetof() in modern C++.
+#define IM_UNUSED(_VAR)             ((void)_VAR)                                // Used to silence "unused variable warnings". Often useful as asserts may be stripped out from final builds.
 
 // Warnings
 #if defined(__clang__)
 #pragma clang diagnostic push
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"
+#if __has_warning("-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant")
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant"
+#endif
 #elif defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ >= 8
 #pragma GCC diagnostic push
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess"
@@ -167,7 +170,8 @@ struct ImVec2
     float     x, y;
     ImVec2()  { x = y = 0.0f; }
     ImVec2(float _x, float _y) { x = _x; y = _y; }
-    float operator[] (size_t i) const { IM_ASSERT(i <= 1); return (&x)[i]; }    // We very rarely use this [] operator, the assert overhead is fine.
+    float  operator[] (size_t idx) const { IM_ASSERT(idx <= 1); return (&x)[idx]; }    // We very rarely use this [] operator, the assert overhead is fine.
+    float& operator[] (size_t idx)       { IM_ASSERT(idx <= 1); return (&x)[idx]; }    // We very rarely use this [] operator, the assert overhead is fine.
 #ifdef IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA
     IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA     // Define additional constructors and implicit cast operators in imconfig.h to convert back and forth between your math types and ImVec2.
 #endif
@@ -226,11 +230,11 @@ namespace ImGui
     // Windows
     // - Begin() = push window to the stack and start appending to it. End() = pop window from the stack.
     // - You may append multiple times to the same window during the same frame.
-    // - Passing 'bool* p_open != NULL' shows a window-closing widget in the upper-right corner of the window, 
+    // - Passing 'bool* p_open != NULL' shows a window-closing widget in the upper-right corner of the window,
     //   which clicking will set the boolean to false when clicked.
     // - Begin() return false to indicate the window is collapsed or fully clipped, so you may early out and omit submitting
     //   anything to the window. Always call a matching End() for each Begin() call, regardless of its return value!
-    //   [this is due to legacy reason and is inconsistent with most other functions such as BeginMenu/EndMenu, BeginPopup/EndPopup, etc. 
+    //   [this is due to legacy reason and is inconsistent with most other functions such as BeginMenu/EndMenu, BeginPopup/EndPopup, etc.
     //    where the EndXXX call should only be called if the corresponding BeginXXX function returned true.]
     // - Note that the bottom of window stack always contains a window called "Debug".
     IMGUI_API bool          Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0);
@@ -251,7 +255,8 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowCollapsed();
     IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags flags=0); // is current window focused? or its root/child, depending on flags. see flags for options.
     IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags=0); // is current window hovered (and typically: not blocked by a popup/modal)? see flags for options. NB: If you are trying to check whether your mouse should be dispatched to imgui or to your app, you should use the 'io.WantCaptureMouse' boolean for that! Please read the FAQ!
-    IMGUI_API ImDrawList*   GetWindowDrawList();                        // get draw list associated to the window, to append your own drawing primitives
+    IMGUI_API ImDrawList*   GetWindowDrawList();                        // get draw list associated to the current window, to append your own drawing primitives
+
     IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetWindowPos();                             // get current window position in screen space (useful if you want to do your own drawing via the DrawList API)
     IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetWindowSize();                            // get current window size
     IMGUI_API float         GetWindowWidth();                           // get current window width (shortcut for GetWindowSize().x)
@@ -319,7 +324,7 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API void          PopButtonRepeat();
 
     // Cursor / Layout
-    // - By "cursor" we mean the current output position. 
+    // - By "cursor" we mean the current output position.
     // - The typical widget behavior is to output themselves at the current cursor position, then move the cursor one line down.
     IMGUI_API void          Separator();                                                    // separator, generally horizontal. inside a menu bar or in horizontal layout mode, this becomes a vertical separator.
     IMGUI_API void          SameLine(float local_pos_x = 0.0f, float spacing_w = -1.0f);    // call between widgets or groups to layout them horizontally. X position given in window coordinates.
@@ -335,7 +340,7 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API float         GetCursorPosY();                                                //    other functions such as GetCursorScreenPos or everything in ImDrawList::
     IMGUI_API void          SetCursorPos(const ImVec2& local_pos);                          //    are using the main, absolute coordinate system.
     IMGUI_API void          SetCursorPosX(float local_x);                                   //    GetWindowPos() + GetCursorPos() == GetCursorScreenPos() etc.)
-    IMGUI_API void          SetCursorPosY(float local_y);                                   // 
+    IMGUI_API void          SetCursorPosY(float local_y);                                   //
     IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetCursorStartPos();                                            // initial cursor position in window coordinates
     IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetCursorScreenPos();                                           // cursor position in absolute screen coordinates [0..io.DisplaySize] (useful to work with ImDrawList API)
     IMGUI_API void          SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& pos);                          // cursor position in absolute screen coordinates [0..io.DisplaySize]
@@ -348,13 +353,14 @@ namespace ImGui
     // ID stack/scopes
     // - Read the FAQ for more details about how ID are handled in dear imgui. If you are creating widgets in a loop you most
     //   likely want to push a unique identifier (e.g. object pointer, loop index) to uniquely differentiate them.
+    // - The resulting ID are hashes of the entire stack.
     // - You can also use the "Label##foobar" syntax within widget label to distinguish them from each others.
     // - In this header file we use the "label"/"name" terminology to denote a string that will be displayed and used as an ID,
     //   whereas "str_id" denote a string that is only used as an ID and not normally displayed.
-    IMGUI_API void          PushID(const char* str_id);                                     // push string identifier into the ID stack. IDs == hash of the entire stack!
-    IMGUI_API void          PushID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end);
-    IMGUI_API void          PushID(const void* ptr_id);                                     // push pointer into the ID stack.
-    IMGUI_API void          PushID(int int_id);                                             // push integer into the ID stack.
+    IMGUI_API void          PushID(const char* str_id);                                     // push string into the ID stack (will hash string).
+    IMGUI_API void          PushID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end);       // push string into the ID stack (will hash string).
+    IMGUI_API void          PushID(const void* ptr_id);                                     // push pointer into the ID stack (will hash pointer). 
+    IMGUI_API void          PushID(int int_id);                                             // push integer into the ID stack (will hash integer).
     IMGUI_API void          PopID();                                                        // pop from the ID stack.
     IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetID(const char* str_id);                                      // calculate unique ID (hash of whole ID stack + given parameter). e.g. if you want to query into ImGuiStorage yourself
     IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end);
@@ -483,7 +489,7 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API bool          CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // when 'p_open' isn't NULL, display an additional small close button on upper right of the header
 
     // Widgets: Selectables
-    // - A selectable highlights when hovered, and can display another color when selected. 
+    // - A selectable highlights when hovered, and can display another color when selected.
     // - Neighbors selectable extend their highlight bounds in order to leave no gap between them.
     IMGUI_API bool          Selectable(const char* label, bool selected = false, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0));  // "bool selected" carry the selection state (read-only). Selectable() is clicked is returns true so you can modify your selection state. size.x==0.0: use remaining width, size.x>0.0: specify width. size.y==0.0: use label height, size.y>0.0: specify height
     IMGUI_API bool          Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0));       // "bool* p_selected" point to the selection state (read-write), as a convenient helper.
@@ -502,7 +508,7 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API void          PlotHistogram(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0), int stride = sizeof(float));
     IMGUI_API void          PlotHistogram(const char* label, float(*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0));
 
-    // Widgets: Value() Helpers. 
+    // Widgets: Value() Helpers.
     // - Those are merely shortcut to calling Text() with a format string. Output single value in "name: value" format (tip: freely declare more in your code to handle your types. you can add functions to the ImGui namespace)
     IMGUI_API void          Value(const char* prefix, bool b);
     IMGUI_API void          Value(const char* prefix, int v);
@@ -582,7 +588,7 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API const ImGuiPayload*   AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDropFlags flags = 0);          // accept contents of a given type. If ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery is set you can peek into the payload before the mouse button is released.
     IMGUI_API void                  EndDragDropTarget();                                                            // only call EndDragDropTarget() if BeginDragDropTarget() returns true!
     IMGUI_API const ImGuiPayload*   GetDragDropPayload();                                                           // peek directly into the current payload from anywhere. may return NULL. use ImGuiPayload::IsDataType() to test for the payload type.
-    
+
     // Clipping
     IMGUI_API void          PushClipRect(const ImVec2& clip_rect_min, const ImVec2& clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect);
     IMGUI_API void          PopClipRect();
@@ -601,6 +607,7 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API bool          IsItemClicked(int mouse_button = 0);                                // is the last item clicked? (e.g. button/node just clicked on) == IsMouseClicked(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered()
     IMGUI_API bool          IsItemVisible();                                                    // is the last item visible? (items may be out of sight because of clipping/scrolling)
     IMGUI_API bool          IsItemEdited();                                                     // did the last item modify its underlying value this frame? or was pressed? This is generally the same as the "bool" return value of many widgets.
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsItemActivated();                                                  // was the last item just made active (item was previously inactive).
     IMGUI_API bool          IsItemDeactivated();                                                // was the last item just made inactive (item was previously active). Useful for Undo/Redo patterns with widgets that requires continuous editing.
     IMGUI_API bool          IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit();                                       // was the last item just made inactive and made a value change when it was active? (e.g. Slider/Drag moved). Useful for Undo/Redo patterns with widgets that requires continuous editing. Note that you may get false positives (some widgets such as Combo()/ListBox()/Selectable() will return true even when clicking an already selected item).
     IMGUI_API bool          IsAnyItemHovered();
@@ -652,8 +659,8 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API void          ResetMouseDragDelta(int button = 0);                                //
     IMGUI_API ImGuiMouseCursor GetMouseCursor();                                                // get desired cursor type, reset in ImGui::NewFrame(), this is updated during the frame. valid before Render(). If you use software rendering by setting io.MouseDrawCursor ImGui will render those for you
     IMGUI_API void          SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor type);                              // set desired cursor type
-    IMGUI_API void          CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool want_capture_keyboard_value = true);    // attention: misleading name! manually override io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag next frame (said flag is entirely left for your application to handle). e.g. force capture keyboard when your widget is being hovered. This is equivalent to setting "io.WantCaptureKeyboard = want_capture_keyboard_value"; after the next NewFrame() call. 
-    IMGUI_API void          CaptureMouseFromApp(bool want_capture_mouse_value = true);          // attention: misleading name! manually override io.WantCaptureMouse flag next frame (said flag is entirely left for your application to handle). This is equivalent to setting "io.WantCaptureMouse = want_capture_mouse_value;" after the next NewFrame() call. 
+    IMGUI_API void          CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool want_capture_keyboard_value = true);    // attention: misleading name! manually override io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag next frame (said flag is entirely left for your application to handle). e.g. force capture keyboard when your widget is being hovered. This is equivalent to setting "io.WantCaptureKeyboard = want_capture_keyboard_value"; after the next NewFrame() call.
+    IMGUI_API void          CaptureMouseFromApp(bool want_capture_mouse_value = true);          // attention: misleading name! manually override io.WantCaptureMouse flag next frame (said flag is entirely left for your application to handle). This is equivalent to setting "io.WantCaptureMouse = want_capture_mouse_value;" after the next NewFrame() call.
 
     // Clipboard Utilities (also see the LogToClipboard() function to capture or output text data to the clipboard)
     IMGUI_API const char*   GetClipboardText();
@@ -670,7 +677,7 @@ namespace ImGui
     // Memory Utilities
     // - All those functions are not reliant on the current context.
     // - If you reload the contents of imgui.cpp at runtime, you may need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions() again.
-    IMGUI_API void          SetAllocatorFunctions(void* (*alloc_func)(size_t sz, void* user_data), void(*free_func)(void* ptr, void* user_data), void* user_data = NULL);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetAllocatorFunctions(void* (*alloc_func)(size_t sz, void* user_data), void (*free_func)(void* ptr, void* user_data), void* user_data = NULL);
     IMGUI_API void*         MemAlloc(size_t size);
     IMGUI_API void          MemFree(void* ptr);
 
@@ -804,15 +811,15 @@ enum ImGuiTabBarFlags_
     ImGuiTabBarFlags_None                           = 0,
     ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable                    = 1 << 0,   // Allow manually dragging tabs to re-order them + New tabs are appended at the end of list
     ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs              = 1 << 1,   // Automatically select new tabs when they appear
-    ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton   = 1 << 2,   // Disable behavior of closing tabs (that are submitted with p_open != NULL) with middle mouse button. You can still repro this behavior on user's side with if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseClicked(2)) *p_open = false.
-    ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTabListPopupButton           = 1 << 3,
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton             = 1 << 2,
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton   = 1 << 3,   // Disable behavior of closing tabs (that are submitted with p_open != NULL) with middle mouse button. You can still repro this behavior on user's side with if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseClicked(2)) *p_open = false.
     ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTabListScrollingButtons      = 1 << 4,
     ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTooltip                      = 1 << 5,   // Disable tooltips when hovering a tab
     ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown        = 1 << 6,   // Resize tabs when they don't fit
     ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll            = 1 << 7,   // Add scroll buttons when tabs don't fit
     ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_             = ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown | ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll,
     ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyDefault_          = ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown
-};  
+};
 
 // Flags for ImGui::BeginTabItem()
 enum ImGuiTabItemFlags_
@@ -1075,6 +1082,7 @@ enum ImGuiStyleVar_
     ImGuiStyleVar_GrabRounding,        // float     GrabRounding
     ImGuiStyleVar_TabRounding,         // float     TabRounding
     ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign,     // ImVec2    ButtonTextAlign
+    ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign, // ImVec2    SelectableTextAlign
     ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT
 
     // Obsolete names (will be removed)
@@ -1159,7 +1167,7 @@ enum ImGuiCond_
 // Lightweight std::vector<>-like class to avoid dragging dependencies (also, some implementations of STL with debug enabled are absurdly slow, we bypass it so our code runs fast in debug).
 // You generally do NOT need to care or use this ever. But we need to make it available in imgui.h because some of our data structures are relying on it.
 // Important: clear() frees memory, resize(0) keep the allocated buffer. We use resize(0) a lot to intentionally recycle allocated buffers across frames and amortize our costs.
-// Important: our implementation does NOT call C++ constructors/destructors, we treat everything as raw data! This is intentional but be extra mindful of that, 
+// Important: our implementation does NOT call C++ constructors/destructors, we treat everything as raw data! This is intentional but be extra mindful of that,
 // do NOT use this class as a std::vector replacement in your own code! Many of the structures used by dear imgui can be safely initialized by a zero-memset.
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
@@ -1219,7 +1227,7 @@ struct ImVector
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // ImGuiStyle
 // You may modify the ImGui::GetStyle() main instance during initialization and before NewFrame().
-// During the frame, use ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_XXXX)/PopStyleVar() to alter the main style values, 
+// During the frame, use ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_XXXX)/PopStyleVar() to alter the main style values,
 // and ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_XXX)/PopStyleColor() for colors.
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
@@ -1248,8 +1256,9 @@ struct ImGuiStyle
     float       GrabMinSize;                // Minimum width/height of a grab box for slider/scrollbar.
     float       GrabRounding;               // Radius of grabs corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular slider grabs.
     float       TabRounding;                // Radius of upper corners of a tab. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular tabs.
-    float       TabBorderSize;              // Thickness of border around tabs. 
-    ImVec2      ButtonTextAlign;            // Alignment of button text when button is larger than text. Defaults to (0.5f,0.5f) for horizontally+vertically centered.
+    float       TabBorderSize;              // Thickness of border around tabs.
+    ImVec2      ButtonTextAlign;            // Alignment of button text when button is larger than text. Defaults to (0.5f, 0.5f) (centered).
+    ImVec2      SelectableTextAlign;        // Alignment of selectable text when selectable is larger than text. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.0f) (top-left aligned).
     ImVec2      DisplayWindowPadding;       // Window position are clamped to be visible within the display area by at least this amount. Only applies to regular windows.
     ImVec2      DisplaySafeAreaPadding;     // If you cannot see the edges of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Apply to popups/tooltips as well regular windows. NB: Prefer configuring your TV sets correctly!
     float       MouseCursorScale;           // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). May be removed later.
@@ -1264,7 +1273,7 @@ struct ImGuiStyle
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // ImGuiIO
-// Communicate most settings and inputs/outputs to Dear ImGui using this structure. 
+// Communicate most settings and inputs/outputs to Dear ImGui using this structure.
 // Access via ImGui::GetIO(). Read 'Programmer guide' section in .cpp file for general usage.
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
@@ -1276,7 +1285,7 @@ struct ImGuiIO
 
     ImGuiConfigFlags   ConfigFlags;             // = 0              // See ImGuiConfigFlags_ enum. Set by user/application. Gamepad/keyboard navigation options, etc.
     ImGuiBackendFlags  BackendFlags;            // = 0              // See ImGuiBackendFlags_ enum. Set by back-end (imgui_impl_xxx files or custom back-end) to communicate features supported by the back-end.
-    ImVec2      DisplaySize;                    // <unset>          // Main display size, in pixels. For clamping windows positions.
+    ImVec2      DisplaySize;                    // <unset>          // Main display size, in pixels.
     float       DeltaTime;                      // = 1.0f/60.0f     // Time elapsed since last frame, in seconds.
     float       IniSavingRate;                  // = 5.0f           // Minimum time between saving positions/sizes to .ini file, in seconds.
     const char* IniFilename;                    // = "imgui.ini"    // Path to .ini file. Set NULL to disable automatic .ini loading/saving, if e.g. you want to manually load/save from memory.
@@ -1293,16 +1302,14 @@ struct ImGuiIO
     float       FontGlobalScale;                // = 1.0f           // Global scale all fonts
     bool        FontAllowUserScaling;           // = false          // Allow user scaling text of individual window with CTRL+Wheel.
     ImFont*     FontDefault;                    // = NULL           // Font to use on NewFrame(). Use NULL to uses Fonts->Fonts[0].
-    ImVec2      DisplayFramebufferScale;        // = (1.0f,1.0f)    // For retina display or other situations where window coordinates are different from framebuffer coordinates. User storage only, presently not used by ImGui.
-    ImVec2      DisplayVisibleMin;              // <unset>          // [OBSOLETE] If you use DisplaySize as a virtual space larger than your screen, set DisplayVisibleMin/Max to the visible area.
-    ImVec2      DisplayVisibleMax;              // <unset>          // [OBSOLETE] Just use io.DisplaySize! If the values are the same, we defaults to Min=(0.0f) and Max=DisplaySize
+    ImVec2      DisplayFramebufferScale;        // = (1, 1)         // For retina display or other situations where window coordinates are different from framebuffer coordinates. This generally ends up in ImDrawData::FramebufferScale.
 
-    // Miscellaneous configuration options
+    // Miscellaneous options
     bool        MouseDrawCursor;                // = false          // Request ImGui to draw a mouse cursor for you (if you are on a platform without a mouse cursor). Cannot be easily renamed to 'io.ConfigXXX' because this is frequently used by back-end implementations.
     bool        ConfigMacOSXBehaviors;          // = defined(__APPLE__) // OS X style: Text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl, Shortcuts using Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl, Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End, Double click selects by word instead of selecting whole text, Multi-selection in lists uses Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl (was called io.OptMacOSXBehaviors prior to 1.63)
     bool        ConfigInputTextCursorBlink;     // = true           // Set to false to disable blinking cursor, for users who consider it distracting. (was called: io.OptCursorBlink prior to 1.63)
     bool        ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges;   // = true           // Enable resizing of windows from their edges and from the lower-left corner. This requires (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors) because it needs mouse cursor feedback. (This used to be the a per-window ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide flag)
-    bool        ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly;// = false        // [BETA] Set to true to only allow moving windows when clicked+dragged from the title bar. Windows without a title bar are not affected.
+    bool        ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly; // = false       // [BETA] Set to true to only allow moving windows when clicked+dragged from the title bar. Windows without a title bar are not affected.
 
     //------------------------------------------------------------------
     // Platform Functions
@@ -1352,7 +1359,7 @@ struct ImGuiIO
     float       NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_COUNT]; // Gamepad inputs. Cleared back to zero by EndFrame(). Keyboard keys will be auto-mapped and be written here by NewFrame().
 
     // Functions
-    IMGUI_API void  AddInputCharacter(ImWchar c);               // Queue new character input 
+    IMGUI_API void  AddInputCharacter(ImWchar c);               // Queue new character input
     IMGUI_API void  AddInputCharactersUTF8(const char* str);    // Queue new characters input from an UTF-8 string
     IMGUI_API void  ClearInputCharacters();                     // Clear the text input buffer manually
 
@@ -1410,7 +1417,7 @@ struct ImGuiIO
 // - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory:     Callback on pressing Up/Down arrows
 // - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways:      Callback on each iteration
 // - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter:  Callback on character inputs to replace or discard them. Modify 'EventChar' to replace or discard, or return 1 in callback to discard.
-// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize:      Callback on buffer capacity changes request (beyond 'buf_size' parameter value), allowing the string to grow. 
+// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize:      Callback on buffer capacity changes request (beyond 'buf_size' parameter value), allowing the string to grow.
 struct ImGuiInputTextCallbackData
 {
     ImGuiInputTextFlags EventFlag;      // One ImGuiInputTextFlags_Callback*    // Read-only
@@ -1490,7 +1497,7 @@ namespace ImGui
     // OBSOLETED in 1.60 (between Dec 2017 and Apr 2018)
     static inline bool  IsAnyWindowFocused()                  { return IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow); }
     static inline bool  IsAnyWindowHovered()                  { return IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow); }
-    static inline ImVec2 CalcItemRectClosestPoint(const ImVec2& pos, bool on_edge = false, float outward = 0.f) { (void)on_edge; (void)outward; IM_ASSERT(0); return pos; }
+    static inline ImVec2 CalcItemRectClosestPoint(const ImVec2& pos, bool on_edge = false, float outward = 0.f) { IM_UNUSED(on_edge); IM_UNUSED(outward); IM_ASSERT(0); return pos; }
     // OBSOLETED in 1.53 (between Oct 2017 and Dec 2017)
     static inline void  ShowTestWindow()                      { return ShowDemoWindow(); }
     static inline bool  IsRootWindowFocused()                 { return IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow); }
@@ -1579,11 +1586,12 @@ struct ImGuiTextBuffer
     inline char         operator[](int i)       { IM_ASSERT(Buf.Data != NULL); return Buf.Data[i]; }
     const char*         begin() const           { return Buf.Data ? &Buf.front() : EmptyString; }
     const char*         end() const             { return Buf.Data ? &Buf.back() : EmptyString; }   // Buf is zero-terminated, so end() will point on the zero-terminator
-    int                 size() const            { return Buf.Data ? Buf.Size - 1 : 0; }
+    int                 size() const            { return Buf.Size ? Buf.Size - 1 : 0; }
     bool                empty()                 { return Buf.Size <= 1; }
     void                clear()                 { Buf.clear(); }
     void                reserve(int capacity)   { Buf.reserve(capacity); }
     const char*         c_str() const           { return Buf.Data ? Buf.Data : EmptyString; }
+    IMGUI_API void      append(const char* str, const char* str_end = NULL);
     IMGUI_API void      appendf(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2);
     IMGUI_API void      appendfv(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2);
 };
@@ -1714,7 +1722,7 @@ struct ImColor
 
 // Draw callbacks for advanced uses.
 // NB: You most likely do NOT need to use draw callbacks just to create your own widget or customized UI rendering,
-// you can poke into the draw list for that! Draw callback may be useful for example to: A) Change your GPU render state, 
+// you can poke into the draw list for that! Draw callback may be useful for example to: A) Change your GPU render state,
 // B) render a complex 3D scene inside a UI element without an intermediate texture/render target, etc.
 // The expected behavior from your rendering function is 'if (cmd.UserCallback != NULL) { cmd.UserCallback(parent_list, cmd); } else { RenderTriangles() }'
 typedef void (*ImDrawCallback)(const ImDrawList* parent_list, const ImDrawCmd* cmd);
@@ -1887,13 +1895,14 @@ struct ImDrawData
     int             TotalVtxCount;          // For convenience, sum of all ImDrawList's VtxBuffer.Size
     ImVec2          DisplayPos;             // Upper-left position of the viewport to render (== upper-left of the orthogonal projection matrix to use)
     ImVec2          DisplaySize;            // Size of the viewport to render (== io.DisplaySize for the main viewport) (DisplayPos + DisplaySize == lower-right of the orthogonal projection matrix to use)
+    ImVec2          FramebufferScale;       // Amount of pixels for each unit of DisplaySize. Based on io.DisplayFramebufferScale. Generally (1,1) on normal display, (2,2) on OSX with Retina display.
 
     // Functions
     ImDrawData()    { Valid = false; Clear(); }
     ~ImDrawData()   { Clear(); }
-    void Clear()    { Valid = false; CmdLists = NULL; CmdListsCount = TotalVtxCount = TotalIdxCount = 0; DisplayPos = DisplaySize = ImVec2(0.f, 0.f); } // The ImDrawList are owned by ImGuiContext!
-    IMGUI_API void  DeIndexAllBuffers();                // Helper to convert all buffers from indexed to non-indexed, in case you cannot render indexed. Note: this is slow and most likely a waste of resources. Always prefer indexed rendering!
-    IMGUI_API void  ScaleClipRects(const ImVec2& sc);   // Helper to scale the ClipRect field of each ImDrawCmd. Use if your final output buffer is at a different scale than ImGui expects, or if there is a difference between your window resolution and framebuffer resolution.
+    void Clear()    { Valid = false; CmdLists = NULL; CmdListsCount = TotalVtxCount = TotalIdxCount = 0; DisplayPos = DisplaySize = FramebufferScale = ImVec2(0.f, 0.f); } // The ImDrawList are owned by ImGuiContext!
+    IMGUI_API void  DeIndexAllBuffers();                    // Helper to convert all buffers from indexed to non-indexed, in case you cannot render indexed. Note: this is slow and most likely a waste of resources. Always prefer indexed rendering!
+    IMGUI_API void  ScaleClipRects(const ImVec2& fb_scale); // Helper to scale the ClipRect field of each ImDrawCmd. Use if your final output buffer is at a different scale than ImGui expects, or if there is a difference between your window resolution and framebuffer resolution.
 };
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -1907,8 +1916,8 @@ struct ImFontConfig
     bool            FontDataOwnedByAtlas;   // true     // TTF/OTF data ownership taken by the container ImFontAtlas (will delete memory itself).
     int             FontNo;                 // 0        // Index of font within TTF/OTF file
     float           SizePixels;             //          // Size in pixels for rasterizer (more or less maps to the resulting font height).
-    int             OversampleH;            // 3        // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. We don't use sub-pixel positions on the Y axis.
-    int             OversampleV;            // 1        // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. We don't use sub-pixel positions on the Y axis.
+    int             OversampleH;            // 3        // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. Read https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/tests/oversample/README.md for details.
+    int             OversampleV;            // 1        // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. We don't use sub-pixel positions on the Y axis. 
     bool            PixelSnapH;             // false    // Align every glyph to pixel boundary. Useful e.g. if you are merging a non-pixel aligned font with the default font. If enabled, you can set OversampleH/V to 1.
     ImVec2          GlyphExtraSpacing;      // 0, 0     // Extra spacing (in pixels) between glyphs. Only X axis is supported for now.
     ImVec2          GlyphOffset;            // 0, 0     // Offset all glyphs from this font input.
@@ -1940,13 +1949,13 @@ struct ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder
 {
     ImVector<int> UsedChars;            // Store 1-bit per Unicode code point (0=unused, 1=used)
 
-    ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder()          { UsedChars.resize(0x10000 / 32); memset(UsedChars.Data, 0, 0x10000 / 32); }
-    bool           GetBit(int n) const  { int off = (n >> 5); int mask = 1 << (n & 31); return (UsedChars[off] & mask) != 0; } // Get bit n in the array
-    void           SetBit(int n)        { int off = (n >> 5); int mask = 1 << (n & 31); UsedChars[off] |= mask; }              // Set bit n in the array
-    void           AddChar(ImWchar c)   { SetBit(c); }                          // Add character
-    IMGUI_API void AddText(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL);      // Add string (each character of the UTF-8 string are added)
-    IMGUI_API void AddRanges(const ImWchar* ranges);                            // Add ranges, e.g. builder.AddRanges(ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesDefault()) to force add all of ASCII/Latin+Ext
-    IMGUI_API void BuildRanges(ImVector<ImWchar>* out_ranges);                  // Output new ranges
+    ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder()          { UsedChars.resize(0x10000 / sizeof(int)); memset(UsedChars.Data, 0, 0x10000 / sizeof(int)); }
+    bool            GetBit(int n) const { int off = (n >> 5); int mask = 1 << (n & 31); return (UsedChars[off] & mask) != 0; }  // Get bit n in the array
+    void            SetBit(int n)       { int off = (n >> 5); int mask = 1 << (n & 31); UsedChars[off] |= mask; }               // Set bit n in the array
+    void            AddChar(ImWchar c)  { SetBit(c); }                          // Add character
+    IMGUI_API void  AddText(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL);     // Add string (each character of the UTF-8 string are added)
+    IMGUI_API void  AddRanges(const ImWchar* ranges);                           // Add ranges, e.g. builder.AddRanges(ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesDefault()) to force add all of ASCII/Latin+Ext
+    IMGUI_API void  BuildRanges(ImVector<ImWchar>* out_ranges);                 // Output new ranges
 };
 
 enum ImFontAtlasFlags_
@@ -1964,13 +1973,13 @@ enum ImFontAtlasFlags_
 //  - Optionally, call any of the AddFont*** functions. If you don't call any, the default font embedded in the code will be loaded for you.
 //  - Call GetTexDataAsAlpha8() or GetTexDataAsRGBA32() to build and retrieve pixels data.
 //  - Upload the pixels data into a texture within your graphics system (see imgui_impl_xxxx.cpp examples)
-//  - Call SetTexID(my_tex_id); and pass the pointer/identifier to your texture in a format natural to your graphics API. 
+//  - Call SetTexID(my_tex_id); and pass the pointer/identifier to your texture in a format natural to your graphics API.
 //    This value will be passed back to you during rendering to identify the texture. Read FAQ entry about ImTextureID for more details.
 // Common pitfalls:
-// - If you pass a 'glyph_ranges' array to AddFont*** functions, you need to make sure that your array persist up until the 
+// - If you pass a 'glyph_ranges' array to AddFont*** functions, you need to make sure that your array persist up until the
 //   atlas is build (when calling GetTexData*** or Build()). We only copy the pointer, not the data.
 // - Important: By default, AddFontFromMemoryTTF() takes ownership of the data. Even though we are not writing to it, we will free the pointer on destruction.
-//   You can set font_cfg->FontDataOwnedByAtlas=false to keep ownership of your data and it won't be freed, 
+//   You can set font_cfg->FontDataOwnedByAtlas=false to keep ownership of your data and it won't be freed,
 // - Even though many functions are suffixed with "TTF", OTF data is supported just as well.
 // - This is an old API and it is currently awkward for those and and various other reasons! We will address them in the future!
 struct ImFontAtlas
@@ -1991,7 +2000,7 @@ struct ImFontAtlas
     // Build atlas, retrieve pixel data.
     // User is in charge of copying the pixels into graphics memory (e.g. create a texture with your engine). Then store your texture handle with SetTexID().
     // The pitch is always = Width * BytesPerPixels (1 or 4)
-    // Building in RGBA32 format is provided for convenience and compatibility, but note that unless you manually manipulate or copy color data into 
+    // Building in RGBA32 format is provided for convenience and compatibility, but note that unless you manually manipulate or copy color data into
     // the texture (e.g. when using the AddCustomRect*** api), then the RGB pixels emitted will always be white (~75% of memory/bandwidth waste.
     IMGUI_API bool              Build();                    // Build pixels data. This is called automatically for you by the GetTexData*** functions.
     IMGUI_API void              GetTexDataAsAlpha8(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_width, int* out_height, int* out_bytes_per_pixel = NULL);  // 1 byte per-pixel
@@ -2072,33 +2081,32 @@ struct ImFontAtlas
 // ImFontAtlas automatically loads a default embedded font for you when you call GetTexDataAsAlpha8() or GetTexDataAsRGBA32().
 struct ImFont
 {
-    // Members: Hot ~62/78 bytes
-    float                       FontSize;           // <user set>   // Height of characters, set during loading (don't change after loading)
-    float                       Scale;              // = 1.f        // Base font scale, multiplied by the per-window font scale which you can adjust with SetFontScale()
-    ImVec2                      DisplayOffset;      // = (0.f,0.f)  // Offset font rendering by xx pixels
-    ImVector<ImFontGlyph>       Glyphs;             //              // All glyphs.
-    ImVector<float>             IndexAdvanceX;      //              // Sparse. Glyphs->AdvanceX in a directly indexable way (more cache-friendly, for CalcTextSize functions which are often bottleneck in large UI).
-    ImVector<ImWchar>           IndexLookup;        //              // Sparse. Index glyphs by Unicode code-point.
-    const ImFontGlyph*          FallbackGlyph;      // == FindGlyph(FontFallbackChar)
-    float                       FallbackAdvanceX;   // == FallbackGlyph->AdvanceX
-    ImWchar                     FallbackChar;       // = '?'        // Replacement glyph if one isn't found. Only set via SetFallbackChar()
-
-    // Members: Cold ~18/26 bytes
-    short                       ConfigDataCount;    // ~ 1          // Number of ImFontConfig involved in creating this font. Bigger than 1 when merging multiple font sources into one ImFont.
-    ImFontConfig*               ConfigData;         //              // Pointer within ContainerAtlas->ConfigData
-    ImFontAtlas*                ContainerAtlas;     //              // What we has been loaded into
-    float                       Ascent, Descent;    //              // Ascent: distance from top to bottom of e.g. 'A' [0..FontSize]
-    bool                        DirtyLookupTables;
-    int                         MetricsTotalSurface;//              // Total surface in pixels to get an idea of the font rasterization/texture cost (not exact, we approximate the cost of padding between glyphs)
+    // Members: Hot ~20/24 bytes (for CalcTextSize)
+    ImVector<float>             IndexAdvanceX;      // 12-16 // out //            // Sparse. Glyphs->AdvanceX in a directly indexable way (cache-friendly for CalcTextSize functions which only this this info, and are often bottleneck in large UI).
+    float                       FallbackAdvanceX;   // 4     // out // = FallbackGlyph->AdvanceX
+    float                       FontSize;           // 4     // in  //            // Height of characters/line, set during loading (don't change after loading)
+
+    // Members: Hot ~36/48 bytes (for CalcTextSize + render loop)
+    ImVector<ImWchar>           IndexLookup;        // 12-16 // out //            // Sparse. Index glyphs by Unicode code-point.
+    ImVector<ImFontGlyph>       Glyphs;             // 12-16 // out //            // All glyphs.
+    const ImFontGlyph*          FallbackGlyph;      // 4-8   // out // = FindGlyph(FontFallbackChar)
+    ImVec2                      DisplayOffset;      // 8     // in  // = (0,0)    // Offset font rendering by xx pixels
+
+    // Members: Cold ~32/40 bytes
+    ImFontAtlas*                ContainerAtlas;     // 4-8   // out //            // What we has been loaded into
+    const ImFontConfig*         ConfigData;         // 4-8   // in  //            // Pointer within ContainerAtlas->ConfigData
+    short                       ConfigDataCount;    // 2     // in  // ~ 1        // Number of ImFontConfig involved in creating this font. Bigger than 1 when merging multiple font sources into one ImFont.
+    ImWchar                     FallbackChar;       // 2     // in  // = '?'      // Replacement glyph if one isn't found. Only set via SetFallbackChar()
+    float                       Scale;              // 4     // in  // = 1.f      // Base font scale, multiplied by the per-window font scale which you can adjust with SetWindowFontScale()
+    float                       Ascent, Descent;    // 4+4   // out //            // Ascent: distance from top to bottom of e.g. 'A' [0..FontSize]
+    int                         MetricsTotalSurface;// 4     // out //            // Total surface in pixels to get an idea of the font rasterization/texture cost (not exact, we approximate the cost of padding between glyphs)
+    bool                        DirtyLookupTables;  // 1     // out //
 
     // Methods
     IMGUI_API ImFont();
     IMGUI_API ~ImFont();
-    IMGUI_API void              ClearOutputData();
-    IMGUI_API void              BuildLookupTable();
     IMGUI_API const ImFontGlyph*FindGlyph(ImWchar c) const;
     IMGUI_API const ImFontGlyph*FindGlyphNoFallback(ImWchar c) const;
-    IMGUI_API void              SetFallbackChar(ImWchar c);
     float                       GetCharAdvance(ImWchar c) const     { return ((int)c < IndexAdvanceX.Size) ? IndexAdvanceX[(int)c] : FallbackAdvanceX; }
     bool                        IsLoaded() const                    { return ContainerAtlas != NULL; }
     const char*                 GetDebugName() const                { return ConfigData ? ConfigData->Name : "<unknown>"; }
@@ -2110,10 +2118,13 @@ struct ImFont
     IMGUI_API void              RenderChar(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, ImWchar c) const;
     IMGUI_API void              RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, const ImVec4& clip_rect, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width = 0.0f, bool cpu_fine_clip = false) const;
 
-    // [Internal]
+    // [Internal] Don't use!
+    IMGUI_API void              BuildLookupTable();
+    IMGUI_API void              ClearOutputData();
     IMGUI_API void              GrowIndex(int new_size);
     IMGUI_API void              AddGlyph(ImWchar c, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, float u0, float v0, float u1, float v1, float advance_x);
     IMGUI_API void              AddRemapChar(ImWchar dst, ImWchar src, bool overwrite_dst = true); // Makes 'dst' character/glyph points to 'src' character/glyph. Currently needs to be called AFTER fonts have been built.
+    IMGUI_API void              SetFallbackChar(ImWchar c);
 
 #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
     typedef ImFontGlyph Glyph; // OBSOLETE 1.52+
diff --git a/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp b/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp
index c5cd34aa..d2fa3a3b 100644
--- a/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp
+++ b/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp
@@ -1,24 +1,24 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.67
+// dear imgui, v1.68
 // (demo code)
 
 // Message to the person tempted to delete this file when integrating Dear ImGui into their code base:
 // Do NOT remove this file from your project! Think again! It is the most useful reference code that you and other coders
-// will want to refer to and call. Have the ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() function wired in an always-available debug menu of 
-// your game/app! Removing this file from your project is hindering access to documentation for everyone in your team, 
+// will want to refer to and call. Have the ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() function wired in an always-available debug menu of
+// your game/app! Removing this file from your project is hindering access to documentation for everyone in your team,
 // likely leading you to poorer usage of the library.
 // Everything in this file will be stripped out by the linker if you don't call ImGui::ShowDemoWindow().
-// If you want to link core Dear ImGui in your shipped builds but want an easy guarantee that the demo will not be linked, 
+// If you want to link core Dear ImGui in your shipped builds but want an easy guarantee that the demo will not be linked,
 // you can setup your imconfig.h with #define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS and those functions will be empty.
 // In other situation, whenever you have Dear ImGui available you probably want this to be available for reference.
 // Thank you,
 // -Your beloved friend, imgui_demo.cpp (that you won't delete)
 
-// Message to beginner C/C++ programmers about the meaning of the 'static' keyword: 
-// In this demo code, we frequently we use 'static' variables inside functions. A static variable persist across calls, so it is 
-// essentially like a global variable but declared inside the scope of the function. We do this as a way to gather code and data 
+// Message to beginner C/C++ programmers about the meaning of the 'static' keyword:
+// In this demo code, we frequently we use 'static' variables inside functions. A static variable persist across calls, so it is
+// essentially like a global variable but declared inside the scope of the function. We do this as a way to gather code and data
 // in the same place, to make the demo source code faster to read, faster to write, and smaller in size.
 // It also happens to be a convenient way of storing simple UI related information as long as your function doesn't need to be reentrant
-// or used in threads. This might be a pattern you will want to use in your code, but most of the real data you would be editing is 
+// or used in threads. This might be a pattern you will want to use in your code, but most of the real data you would be editing is
 // likely going to be stored outside your functions.
 
 /*
@@ -62,7 +62,6 @@ Index of this file:
 
 #ifdef _MSC_VER
 #pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen
-#define vsnprintf _vsnprintf
 #endif
 #ifdef __clang__
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"             // warning : use of old-style cast                              // yes, they are more terse.
@@ -70,7 +69,10 @@ Index of this file:
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-void-pointer-cast"   // warning : cast to 'void *' from smaller integer type 'int'
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-security"            // warning : warning: format string is not a string literal
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wexit-time-destructors"      // warning : declaration requires an exit-time destructor       // exit-time destruction order is undefined. if MemFree() leads to users code that has been disabled before exit it might cause problems. ImGui coding style welcomes static/globals.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-macros"              // warning : warning: macro is not used                         // we define snprintf/vsnprintf on Windows so they are available, but not always used.
+#if __has_warning("-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant")
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant"  // warning : zero as null pointer constant                  // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0
+#endif
 #if __has_warning("-Wdouble-promotion")
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion"           // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function  // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double.
 #endif
@@ -89,9 +91,11 @@ Index of this file:
 
 // Play it nice with Windows users. Notepad in 2017 still doesn't display text data with Unix-style \n.
 #ifdef _WIN32
-#define IM_NEWLINE "\r\n"
+#define IM_NEWLINE  "\r\n"
+#define snprintf    _snprintf
+#define vsnprintf   _vsnprintf
 #else
-#define IM_NEWLINE "\n"
+#define IM_NEWLINE  "\n"
 #endif
 
 #define IM_MAX(_A,_B)       (((_A) >= (_B)) ? (_A) : (_B))
@@ -336,6 +340,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open)
 
         if (ImGui::TreeNode("Backend Flags"))
         {
+            ShowHelpMarker("Those flags are set by the back-ends (imgui_impl_xxx files) to specify their capabilities.");
             ImGuiBackendFlags backend_flags = io.BackendFlags; // Make a local copy to avoid modifying the back-end flags.
             ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasGamepad", (unsigned int *)&backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad);
             ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasMouseCursors", (unsigned int *)&backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors);
@@ -419,7 +424,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
         // Color buttons, demonstrate using PushID() to add unique identifier in the ID stack, and changing style.
         for (int i = 0; i < 7; i++)
         {
-            if (i > 0) 
+            if (i > 0)
                 ImGui::SameLine();
             ImGui::PushID(i);
             ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Button, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i/7.0f, 0.6f, 0.6f));
@@ -871,23 +876,44 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
         }
         if (ImGui::TreeNode("Grid"))
         {
-            static bool selected[16] = { true, false, false, false, false, true, false, false, false, false, true, false, false, false, false, true };
-            for (int i = 0; i < 16; i++)
+            static bool selected[4*4] = { true, false, false, false, false, true, false, false, false, false, true, false, false, false, false, true };
+            for (int i = 0; i < 4*4; i++)
             {
                 ImGui::PushID(i);
                 if (ImGui::Selectable("Sailor", &selected[i], 0, ImVec2(50,50)))
                 {
-                    int x = i % 4, y = i / 4;
-                    if (x > 0) selected[i - 1] ^= 1;
-                    if (x < 3) selected[i + 1] ^= 1;
-                    if (y > 0) selected[i - 4] ^= 1;
-                    if (y < 3) selected[i + 4] ^= 1;
+                    // Note: We _unnecessarily_ test for both x/y and i here only to silence some static analyzer. The second part of each test is unnecessary.
+                    int x = i % 4;
+                    int y = i / 4;
+                    if (x > 0)           { selected[i - 1] ^= 1; }
+                    if (x < 3 && i < 15) { selected[i + 1] ^= 1; }
+                    if (y > 0 && i > 3)  { selected[i - 4] ^= 1; }
+                    if (y < 3 && i < 12) { selected[i + 4] ^= 1; }
                 }
                 if ((i % 4) < 3) ImGui::SameLine();
                 ImGui::PopID();
             }
             ImGui::TreePop();
         }
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Alignment"))
+        {
+            ShowHelpMarker("Alignment applies when a selectable is larger than its text content.\nBy default, Selectables uses style.SelectableTextAlign but it can be overriden on a per-item basis using PushStyleVar().");
+            static bool selected[3*3] = { true, false, true, false, true, false, true, false, true };
+            for (int y = 0; y < 3; y++)
+            {
+                for (int x = 0; x < 3; x++)
+                {
+                    ImVec2 alignment = ImVec2((float)x / 2.0f, (float)y / 2.0f);
+                    char name[32];
+                    sprintf(name, "(%.1f,%.1f)", alignment.x, alignment.y);
+                    if (x > 0) ImGui::SameLine();
+                    ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign, alignment);
+                    ImGui::Selectable(name, &selected[3*y+x], ImGuiSelectableFlags_None, ImVec2(80,80));
+                    ImGui::PopStyleVar();
+                }
+            }
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+        }
         ImGui::TreePop();
     }
 
@@ -912,7 +938,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
 
     if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-line Text Input"))
     {
-        // Note: we are using a fixed-sized buffer for simplicity here. See ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize 
+        // Note: we are using a fixed-sized buffer for simplicity here. See ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize
         // and the code in misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for how to setup InputText() for dynamically resizing strings.
         static bool read_only = false;
         static char text[1024*16] =
@@ -947,7 +973,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
         static float values[90] = { 0 };
         static int values_offset = 0;
         static double refresh_time = 0.0;
-        if (!animate || refresh_time == 0.0f)
+        if (!animate || refresh_time == 0.0)
             refresh_time = ImGui::GetTime();
         while (refresh_time < ImGui::GetTime()) // Create dummy data at fixed 60 hz rate for the demo
         {
@@ -1000,7 +1026,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
 
     if (ImGui::TreeNode("Color/Picker Widgets"))
     {
-        static ImVec4 color = ImColor(114, 144, 154, 200);
+        static ImVec4 color = ImVec4(114.0f/255.0f, 144.0f/255.0f, 154.0f/255.0f, 200.0f/255.0f);
 
         static bool alpha_preview = true;
         static bool alpha_half_preview = false;
@@ -1030,16 +1056,18 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
 
         ImGui::Text("Color button with Custom Picker Popup:");
 
-        // Generate a dummy palette
-        static bool saved_palette_inited = false;
-        static ImVec4 saved_palette[32];
-        if (!saved_palette_inited)
+        // Generate a dummy default palette. The palette will persist and can be edited.
+        static bool saved_palette_init = true;
+        static ImVec4 saved_palette[32] = { };
+        if (saved_palette_init)
+        {
             for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(saved_palette); n++)
             {
                 ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(n / 31.0f, 0.8f, 0.8f, saved_palette[n].x, saved_palette[n].y, saved_palette[n].z);
                 saved_palette[n].w = 1.0f; // Alpha
             }
-        saved_palette_inited = true;
+            saved_palette_init = false;
+        }
 
         static ImVec4 backup_color;
         bool open_popup = ImGui::ColorButton("MyColor##3b", color, misc_flags);
@@ -1052,12 +1080,12 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
         }
         if (ImGui::BeginPopup("mypicker"))
         {
-            // FIXME: Adding a drag and drop example here would be perfect!
             ImGui::Text("MY CUSTOM COLOR PICKER WITH AN AMAZING PALETTE!");
             ImGui::Separator();
             ImGui::ColorPicker4("##picker", (float*)&color, misc_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview);
             ImGui::SameLine();
-            ImGui::BeginGroup();
+
+            ImGui::BeginGroup(); // Lock X position
             ImGui::Text("Current");
             ImGui::ColorButton("##current", color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf, ImVec2(60,40));
             ImGui::Text("Previous");
@@ -1073,6 +1101,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
                 if (ImGui::ColorButton("##palette", saved_palette[n], ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip, ImVec2(20,20)))
                     color = ImVec4(saved_palette[n].x, saved_palette[n].y, saved_palette[n].z, color.w); // Preserve alpha!
 
+                // Allow user to drop colors into each palette entry
+                // (Note that ColorButton is already a drag source by default, unless using ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop)
                 if (ImGui::BeginDragDropTarget())
                 {
                     if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F))
@@ -1149,15 +1179,15 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
     if (ImGui::TreeNode("Data Types"))
     {
         // The DragScalar/InputScalar/SliderScalar functions allow various data types: signed/unsigned int/long long and float/double
-        // To avoid polluting the public API with all possible combinations, we use the ImGuiDataType enum to pass the type, 
-        // and passing all arguments by address. 
+        // To avoid polluting the public API with all possible combinations, we use the ImGuiDataType enum to pass the type,
+        // and passing all arguments by address.
         // This is the reason the test code below creates local variables to hold "zero" "one" etc. for each types.
-        // In practice, if you frequently use a given type that is not covered by the normal API entry points, you can wrap it 
-        // yourself inside a 1 line function which can take typed argument as value instead of void*, and then pass their address 
+        // In practice, if you frequently use a given type that is not covered by the normal API entry points, you can wrap it
+        // yourself inside a 1 line function which can take typed argument as value instead of void*, and then pass their address
         // to the generic function. For example:
-        //   bool MySliderU64(const char *label, u64* value, u64 min = 0, u64 max = 0, const char* format = "%lld") 
-        //   { 
-        //      return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_U64, value, &min, &max, format); 
+        //   bool MySliderU64(const char *label, u64* value, u64 min = 0, u64 max = 0, const char* format = "%lld")
+        //   {
+        //      return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_U64, value, &min, &max, format);
         //   }
 
         // Limits (as helper variables that we can take the address of)
@@ -1352,7 +1382,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
             static int mode = 0;
             if (ImGui::RadioButton("Copy", mode == Mode_Copy)) { mode = Mode_Copy; } ImGui::SameLine();
             if (ImGui::RadioButton("Move", mode == Mode_Move)) { mode = Mode_Move; } ImGui::SameLine();
-            if (ImGui::RadioButton("Swap", mode == Mode_Swap)) { mode = Mode_Swap; } 
+            if (ImGui::RadioButton("Swap", mode == Mode_Swap)) { mode = Mode_Swap; }
             static const char* names[9] = { "Bobby", "Beatrice", "Betty", "Brianna", "Barry", "Bernard", "Bibi", "Blaine", "Bryn" };
             for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(names); n++)
             {
@@ -1411,7 +1441,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
         static float col4f[4] = { 1.0f, 0.5, 0.0f, 1.0f };
         ImGui::RadioButton("Text", &item_type, 0);
         ImGui::RadioButton("Button", &item_type, 1);
-        ImGui::RadioButton("CheckBox", &item_type, 2);
+        ImGui::RadioButton("Checkbox", &item_type, 2);
         ImGui::RadioButton("SliderFloat", &item_type, 3);
         ImGui::RadioButton("ColorEdit4", &item_type, 4);
         ImGui::RadioButton("ListBox", &item_type, 5);
@@ -1419,7 +1449,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
         bool ret = false;
         if (item_type == 0) { ImGui::Text("ITEM: Text"); }                                              // Testing text items with no identifier/interaction
         if (item_type == 1) { ret = ImGui::Button("ITEM: Button"); }                                    // Testing button
-        if (item_type == 2) { ret = ImGui::Checkbox("ITEM: CheckBox", &b); }                            // Testing checkbox
+        if (item_type == 2) { ret = ImGui::Checkbox("ITEM: Checkbox", &b); }                            // Testing checkbox
         if (item_type == 3) { ret = ImGui::SliderFloat("ITEM: SliderFloat", &col4f[0], 0.0f, 1.0f); }   // Testing basic item
         if (item_type == 4) { ret = ImGui::ColorEdit4("ITEM: ColorEdit4", col4f); }                     // Testing multi-component items (IsItemXXX flags are reported merged)
         if (item_type == 5) { const char* items[] = { "Apple", "Banana", "Cherry", "Kiwi" }; static int current = 1; ret = ImGui::ListBox("ITEM: ListBox", &current, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items), IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); }
@@ -1433,6 +1463,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
             "IsItemHovered(_RectOnly) = %d\n"
             "IsItemActive() = %d\n"
             "IsItemEdited() = %d\n"
+            "IsItemActivated() = %d\n"
             "IsItemDeactivated() = %d\n"
             "IsItemDeactivatedEdit() = %d\n"
             "IsItemVisible() = %d\n"
@@ -1448,6 +1479,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
             ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly),
             ImGui::IsItemActive(),
             ImGui::IsItemEdited(),
+            ImGui::IsItemActivated(),
             ImGui::IsItemDeactivated(),
             ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(),
             ImGui::IsItemVisible(),
@@ -1497,7 +1529,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
         if (embed_all_inside_a_child_window)
             ImGui::EndChild();
 
-        // Calling IsItemHovered() after begin returns the hovered status of the title bar. 
+        // Calling IsItemHovered() after begin returns the hovered status of the title bar.
         // This is useful in particular if you want to create a context menu (with BeginPopupContextItem) associated to the title bar of a window.
         static bool test_window = false;
         ImGui::Checkbox("Hovered/Active tests after Begin() for title bar testing", &test_window);
@@ -1765,6 +1797,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout()
             static ImGuiTabBarFlags tab_bar_flags = ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable;
             ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable", (unsigned int*)&tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable);
             ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs", (unsigned int*)&tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs);
+            ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton", (unsigned int*)&tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton);
             ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton", (unsigned int*)&tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton);
             if ((tab_bar_flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_) == 0)
                 tab_bar_flags |= ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyDefault_;
@@ -1975,9 +2008,9 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout()
         ImGui::EndChild();
         ImGui::PopStyleVar(2);
         float scroll_x_delta = 0.0f;
-        ImGui::SmallButton("<<"); if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) scroll_x_delta = -ImGui::GetIO().DeltaTime * 1000.0f; ImGui::SameLine();
+        ImGui::SmallButton("<<"); if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) { scroll_x_delta = -ImGui::GetIO().DeltaTime * 1000.0f; } ImGui::SameLine();
         ImGui::Text("Scroll from code"); ImGui::SameLine();
-        ImGui::SmallButton(">>"); if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) scroll_x_delta = +ImGui::GetIO().DeltaTime * 1000.0f; ImGui::SameLine();
+        ImGui::SmallButton(">>"); if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) { scroll_x_delta = +ImGui::GetIO().DeltaTime * 1000.0f; } ImGui::SameLine();
         ImGui::Text("%.0f/%.0f", scroll_x, scroll_max_x);
         if (scroll_x_delta != 0.0f)
         {
@@ -2023,7 +2056,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowPopups()
     //   if (ImGui::Button("Open")) ImGui::OpenPopup("MyPopup"); if (ImGui::BeginPopup("MyPopup") { [...] EndPopup(); }
 
     // With popups we have to go through a library call (here OpenPopup) to manipulate the visibility state.
-    // This may be a bit confusing at first but it should quickly make sense. Follow on the examples below. 
+    // This may be a bit confusing at first but it should quickly make sense. Follow on the examples below.
 
     if (ImGui::TreeNode("Popups"))
     {
@@ -2119,7 +2152,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowPopups()
         ImGui::Text("(You can also right-click me to the same popup as above.)");
         ImGui::OpenPopupOnItemClick("item context menu", 1);
 
-        // When used after an item that has an ID (here the Button), we can skip providing an ID to BeginPopupContextItem(). 
+        // When used after an item that has an ID (here the Button), we can skip providing an ID to BeginPopupContextItem().
         // BeginPopupContextItem() will use the last item ID as the popup ID.
         // In addition here, we want to include your editable label inside the button label. We use the ### operator to override the ID (read FAQ about ID for details)
         static char name[32] = "Label1";
@@ -2167,13 +2200,24 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowPopups()
 
         if (ImGui::Button("Stacked modals.."))
             ImGui::OpenPopup("Stacked 1");
-        if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Stacked 1"))
+        if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Stacked 1", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar))
         {
+            if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar())
+            {
+                if (ImGui::BeginMenu("File"))
+                {
+                    if (ImGui::MenuItem("Dummy menu item")) {}
+                    ImGui::EndMenu();
+                }
+                ImGui::EndMenuBar();
+            }
             ImGui::Text("Hello from Stacked The First\nUsing style.Colors[ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg] behind it.");
+
+            // Testing behavior of widgets stacking their own regular popups over the modal.
             static int item = 1;
-            ImGui::Combo("Combo", &item, "aaaa\0bbbb\0cccc\0dddd\0eeee\0\0");
             static float color[4] = { 0.4f,0.7f,0.0f,0.5f };
-            ImGui::ColorEdit4("color", color);  // This is to test behavior of stacked regular popups over a modal
+            ImGui::Combo("Combo", &item, "aaaa\0bbbb\0cccc\0dddd\0eeee\0\0");
+            ImGui::ColorEdit4("color", color);
 
             if (ImGui::Button("Add another modal.."))
                 ImGui::OpenPopup("Stacked 2");
@@ -2505,9 +2549,9 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowMisc()
             // Use >= 0 parameter to SetKeyboardFocusHere() to focus an upcoming item
             static float f3[3] = { 0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f };
             int focus_ahead = -1;
-            if (ImGui::Button("Focus on X")) focus_ahead = 0; ImGui::SameLine();
-            if (ImGui::Button("Focus on Y")) focus_ahead = 1; ImGui::SameLine();
-            if (ImGui::Button("Focus on Z")) focus_ahead = 2;
+            if (ImGui::Button("Focus on X")) { focus_ahead = 0; } ImGui::SameLine();
+            if (ImGui::Button("Focus on Y")) { focus_ahead = 1; } ImGui::SameLine();
+            if (ImGui::Button("Focus on Z")) { focus_ahead = 2; }
             if (focus_ahead != -1) ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(focus_ahead);
             ImGui::SliderFloat3("Float3", &f3[0], 0.0f, 1.0f);
 
@@ -2667,6 +2711,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open)
         ImGui::Separator();
         ImGui::Text("io.Fonts: %d fonts, Flags: 0x%08X, TexSize: %d,%d", io.Fonts->Fonts.Size, io.Fonts->Flags, io.Fonts->TexWidth, io.Fonts->TexHeight);
         ImGui::Text("io.DisplaySize: %.2f,%.2f", io.DisplaySize.x, io.DisplaySize.y);
+        ImGui::Text("io.DisplayFramebufferScale: %.2f,%.2f", io.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, io.DisplayFramebufferScale.y);
         ImGui::Separator();
         ImGui::Text("style.WindowPadding: %.2f,%.2f", style.WindowPadding.x, style.WindowPadding.y);
         ImGui::Text("style.WindowBorderSize: %.2f", style.WindowBorderSize);
@@ -2714,8 +2759,13 @@ void ImGui::ShowFontSelector(const char* label)
     if (ImGui::BeginCombo(label, font_current->GetDebugName()))
     {
         for (int n = 0; n < io.Fonts->Fonts.Size; n++)
-            if (ImGui::Selectable(io.Fonts->Fonts[n]->GetDebugName(), io.Fonts->Fonts[n] == font_current))
-                io.FontDefault = io.Fonts->Fonts[n];
+        {
+            ImFont* font = io.Fonts->Fonts[n];
+            ImGui::PushID((void*)font);
+            if (ImGui::Selectable(font->GetDebugName(), font == font_current))
+                io.FontDefault = font;
+            ImGui::PopID();
+        }
         ImGui::EndCombo();
     }
     ImGui::SameLine();
@@ -2772,7 +2822,6 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref)
         {
             ImGui::Text("Main");
             ImGui::SliderFloat2("WindowPadding", (float*)&style.WindowPadding, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f");
-            ImGui::SliderFloat("PopupRounding", &style.PopupRounding, 0.0f, 16.0f, "%.0f");
             ImGui::SliderFloat2("FramePadding", (float*)&style.FramePadding, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f");
             ImGui::SliderFloat2("ItemSpacing", (float*)&style.ItemSpacing, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f");
             ImGui::SliderFloat2("ItemInnerSpacing", (float*)&style.ItemInnerSpacing, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f");
@@ -2787,15 +2836,17 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref)
             ImGui::SliderFloat("FrameBorderSize", &style.FrameBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f");
             ImGui::SliderFloat("TabBorderSize", &style.TabBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f");
             ImGui::Text("Rounding");
-            ImGui::SliderFloat("WindowRounding", &style.WindowRounding, 0.0f, 14.0f, "%.0f");
-            ImGui::SliderFloat("ChildRounding", &style.ChildRounding, 0.0f, 16.0f, "%.0f");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat("WindowRounding", &style.WindowRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat("ChildRounding", &style.ChildRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f");
             ImGui::SliderFloat("FrameRounding", &style.FrameRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat("PopupRounding", &style.PopupRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f");
             ImGui::SliderFloat("ScrollbarRounding", &style.ScrollbarRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f");
             ImGui::SliderFloat("GrabRounding", &style.GrabRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f");
             ImGui::SliderFloat("TabRounding", &style.TabRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f");
             ImGui::Text("Alignment");
             ImGui::SliderFloat2("WindowTitleAlign", (float*)&style.WindowTitleAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f");
             ImGui::SliderFloat2("ButtonTextAlign", (float*)&style.ButtonTextAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Alignment applies when a button is larger than its text content.");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat2("SelectableTextAlign", (float*)&style.SelectableTextAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Alignment applies when a selectable is larger than its text content.");
             ImGui::Text("Safe Area Padding"); ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Adjust if you cannot see the edges of your screen (e.g. on a TV where scaling has not been configured).");
             ImGui::SliderFloat2("DisplaySafeAreaPadding", (float*)&style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding, 0.0f, 30.0f, "%.0f");
             ImGui::EndTabItem();
@@ -2861,7 +2912,8 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref)
 
         if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Fonts"))
         {
-            ImFontAtlas* atlas = ImGui::GetIO().Fonts;
+            ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+            ImFontAtlas* atlas = io.Fonts;
             ShowHelpMarker("Read FAQ and misc/fonts/README.txt for details on font loading.");
             ImGui::PushItemWidth(120);
             for (int i = 0; i < atlas->Fonts.Size; i++)
@@ -2869,7 +2921,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref)
                 ImFont* font = atlas->Fonts[i];
                 ImGui::PushID(font);
                 bool font_details_opened = ImGui::TreeNode(font, "Font %d: \"%s\"\n%.2f px, %d glyphs, %d file(s)", i, font->ConfigData ? font->ConfigData[0].Name : "", font->FontSize, font->Glyphs.Size, font->ConfigDataCount);
-                ImGui::SameLine(); if (ImGui::SmallButton("Set as default")) ImGui::GetIO().FontDefault = font;
+                ImGui::SameLine(); if (ImGui::SmallButton("Set as default")) { io.FontDefault = font; }
                 if (font_details_opened)
                 {
                     ImGui::PushFont(font);
@@ -2880,9 +2932,10 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref)
                     ImGui::InputFloat("Font offset", &font->DisplayOffset.y, 1, 1, "%.0f");
                     ImGui::Text("Ascent: %f, Descent: %f, Height: %f", font->Ascent, font->Descent, font->Ascent - font->Descent);
                     ImGui::Text("Fallback character: '%c' (%d)", font->FallbackChar, font->FallbackChar);
-                    ImGui::Text("Texture surface: %d pixels (approx) ~ %dx%d", font->MetricsTotalSurface, (int)sqrtf((float)font->MetricsTotalSurface), (int)sqrtf((float)font->MetricsTotalSurface));
+                    const float surface_sqrt = sqrtf((float)font->MetricsTotalSurface);
+                    ImGui::Text("Texture surface: %d pixels (approx) ~ %dx%d", font->MetricsTotalSurface, (int)surface_sqrt, (int)surface_sqrt);
                     for (int config_i = 0; config_i < font->ConfigDataCount; config_i++)
-                        if (ImFontConfig* cfg = &font->ConfigData[config_i])
+                        if (const ImFontConfig* cfg = &font->ConfigData[config_i])
                             ImGui::BulletText("Input %d: \'%s\', Oversample: (%d,%d), PixelSnapH: %d", config_i, cfg->Name, cfg->OversampleH, cfg->OversampleV, cfg->PixelSnapH);
                     if (ImGui::TreeNode("Glyphs", "Glyphs (%d)", font->Glyphs.Size))
                     {
@@ -2934,9 +2987,9 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref)
             }
 
             static float window_scale = 1.0f;
-            if (ImGui::DragFloat("this window scale", &window_scale, 0.005f, 0.3f, 2.0f, "%.1f"))           // scale only this window
+            if (ImGui::DragFloat("this window scale", &window_scale, 0.005f, 0.3f, 2.0f, "%.2f"))   // scale only this window
                 ImGui::SetWindowFontScale(window_scale);
-            ImGui::DragFloat("global scale", &ImGui::GetIO().FontGlobalScale, 0.005f, 0.3f, 2.0f, "%.1f");  // scale everything
+            ImGui::DragFloat("global scale", &io.FontGlobalScale, 0.005f, 0.3f, 2.0f, "%.2f");      // scale everything
             ImGui::PopItemWidth();
 
             ImGui::EndTabItem();
@@ -3064,10 +3117,12 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole
 {
     char                  InputBuf[256];
     ImVector<char*>       Items;
-    bool                  ScrollToBottom;
+    ImVector<const char*> Commands;
     ImVector<char*>       History;
     int                   HistoryPos;    // -1: new line, 0..History.Size-1 browsing history.
-    ImVector<const char*> Commands;
+    ImGuiTextFilter       Filter;
+    bool                  AutoScroll;
+    bool                  ScrollToBottom;
 
     ExampleAppConsole()
     {
@@ -3078,6 +3133,8 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole
         Commands.push_back("HISTORY");
         Commands.push_back("CLEAR");
         Commands.push_back("CLASSIFY");  // "classify" is only here to provide an example of "C"+[tab] completing to "CL" and displaying matches.
+        AutoScroll = true;
+        ScrollToBottom = true;
         AddLog("Welcome to Dear ImGui!");
     }
     ~ExampleAppConsole()
@@ -3090,7 +3147,7 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole
     // Portable helpers
     static int   Stricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2)         { int d; while ((d = toupper(*str2) - toupper(*str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; } return d; }
     static int   Strnicmp(const char* str1, const char* str2, int n) { int d = 0; while (n > 0 && (d = toupper(*str2) - toupper(*str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; n--; } return d; }
-    static char* Strdup(const char *str)                             { size_t len = strlen(str) + 1; void* buff = malloc(len); return (char*)memcpy(buff, (const void*)str, len); }
+    static char* Strdup(const char *str)                             { size_t len = strlen(str) + 1; void* buf = malloc(len); IM_ASSERT(buf); return (char*)memcpy(buf, (const void*)str, len); }
     static void  Strtrim(char* str)                                  { char* str_end = str + strlen(str); while (str_end > str && str_end[-1] == ' ') str_end--; *str_end = 0; }
 
     void    ClearLog()
@@ -3111,7 +3168,8 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole
         buf[IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)-1] = 0;
         va_end(args);
         Items.push_back(Strdup(buf));
-        ScrollToBottom = true;
+        if (AutoScroll)
+            ScrollToBottom = true;
     }
 
     void    Draw(const char* title, bool* p_open)
@@ -3137,7 +3195,7 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole
 
         // TODO: display items starting from the bottom
 
-        if (ImGui::SmallButton("Add Dummy Text")) { AddLog("%d some text", Items.Size); AddLog("some more text"); AddLog("display very important message here!"); } ImGui::SameLine();
+        if (ImGui::SmallButton("Add Dummy Text"))  { AddLog("%d some text", Items.Size); AddLog("some more text"); AddLog("display very important message here!"); } ImGui::SameLine();
         if (ImGui::SmallButton("Add Dummy Error")) { AddLog("[error] something went wrong"); } ImGui::SameLine();
         if (ImGui::SmallButton("Clear")) { ClearLog(); } ImGui::SameLine();
         bool copy_to_clipboard = ImGui::SmallButton("Copy"); ImGui::SameLine();
@@ -3146,10 +3204,20 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole
 
         ImGui::Separator();
 
-        ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(0,0));
-        static ImGuiTextFilter filter;
-        filter.Draw("Filter (\"incl,-excl\") (\"error\")", 180);
-        ImGui::PopStyleVar();
+        // Options menu
+        if (ImGui::BeginPopup("Options"))
+        {
+            if (ImGui::Checkbox("Auto-scroll", &AutoScroll))
+                if (AutoScroll)
+                    ScrollToBottom = true;
+            ImGui::EndPopup();
+        }
+
+        // Options, Filter
+        if (ImGui::Button("Options"))
+            ImGui::OpenPopup("Options");
+        ImGui::SameLine();
+        Filter.Draw("Filter (\"incl,-excl\") (\"error\")", 180);
         ImGui::Separator();
 
         const float footer_height_to_reserve = ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y + ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(); // 1 separator, 1 input text
@@ -3174,18 +3242,19 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole
         ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(4,1)); // Tighten spacing
         if (copy_to_clipboard)
             ImGui::LogToClipboard();
-        ImVec4 col_default_text = ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_Text);
         for (int i = 0; i < Items.Size; i++)
         {
             const char* item = Items[i];
-            if (!filter.PassFilter(item))
+            if (!Filter.PassFilter(item))
                 continue;
-            ImVec4 col = col_default_text;
-            if (strstr(item, "[error]")) col = ImColor(1.0f,0.4f,0.4f,1.0f);
-            else if (strncmp(item, "# ", 2) == 0) col = ImColor(1.0f,0.78f,0.58f,1.0f);
-            ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, col);
+
+            // Normally you would store more information in your item (e.g. make Items[] an array of structure, store color/type etc.)
+            bool pop_color = false;
+            if (strstr(item, "[error]"))            { ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, ImVec4(1.0f, 0.4f, 0.4f, 1.0f)); pop_color = true; }
+            else if (strncmp(item, "# ", 2) == 0)   { ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, ImVec4(1.0f, 0.8f, 0.6f, 1.0f)); pop_color = true; }
             ImGui::TextUnformatted(item);
-            ImGui::PopStyleColor();
+            if (pop_color)
+                ImGui::PopStyleColor();
         }
         if (copy_to_clipboard)
             ImGui::LogFinish();
@@ -3252,6 +3321,9 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole
         {
             AddLog("Unknown command: '%s'\n", command_line);
         }
+
+        // On commad input, we scroll to bottom even if AutoScroll==false
+        ScrollToBottom = true;
     }
 
     static int TextEditCallbackStub(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data) // In C++11 you are better off using lambdas for this sort of forwarding callbacks
@@ -3380,12 +3452,20 @@ struct ExampleAppLog
     ImGuiTextBuffer     Buf;
     ImGuiTextFilter     Filter;
     ImVector<int>       LineOffsets;        // Index to lines offset. We maintain this with AddLog() calls, allowing us to have a random access on lines
+    bool                AutoScroll;
     bool                ScrollToBottom;
 
-    void    Clear() 
-    { 
-        Buf.clear(); 
-        LineOffsets.clear(); 
+    ExampleAppLog()
+    {
+        AutoScroll = true;
+        ScrollToBottom = false;
+        Clear();
+    }
+
+    void    Clear()
+    {
+        Buf.clear();
+        LineOffsets.clear();
         LineOffsets.push_back(0);
     }
 
@@ -3399,7 +3479,8 @@ struct ExampleAppLog
         for (int new_size = Buf.size(); old_size < new_size; old_size++)
             if (Buf[old_size] == '\n')
                 LineOffsets.push_back(old_size + 1);
-        ScrollToBottom = true;
+        if (AutoScroll)
+            ScrollToBottom = true;
     }
 
     void    Draw(const char* title, bool* p_open = NULL)
@@ -3409,13 +3490,31 @@ struct ExampleAppLog
             ImGui::End();
             return;
         }
-        if (ImGui::Button("Clear")) Clear();
+
+        // Options menu
+        if (ImGui::BeginPopup("Options"))
+        {
+            if (ImGui::Checkbox("Auto-scroll", &AutoScroll))
+                if (AutoScroll)
+                    ScrollToBottom = true;
+            ImGui::EndPopup();
+        }
+
+        // Main window
+        if (ImGui::Button("Options"))
+            ImGui::OpenPopup("Options");
+        ImGui::SameLine();
+        bool clear = ImGui::Button("Clear");
         ImGui::SameLine();
         bool copy = ImGui::Button("Copy");
         ImGui::SameLine();
         Filter.Draw("Filter", -100.0f);
+
         ImGui::Separator();
         ImGui::BeginChild("scrolling", ImVec2(0,0), false, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar);
+
+        if (clear)
+            Clear();
         if (copy)
             ImGui::LogToClipboard();
 
@@ -3424,6 +3523,10 @@ struct ExampleAppLog
         const char* buf_end = Buf.end();
         if (Filter.IsActive())
         {
+            // In this example we don't use the clipper when Filter is enabled.
+            // This is because we don't have a random access on the result on our filter.
+            // A real application processing logs with ten of thousands of entries may want to store the result of search/filter.
+            // especially if the filtering function is not trivial (e.g. reg-exp).
             for (int line_no = 0; line_no < LineOffsets.Size; line_no++)
             {
                 const char* line_start = buf + LineOffsets[line_no];
@@ -3435,11 +3538,11 @@ struct ExampleAppLog
         else
         {
             // The simplest and easy way to display the entire buffer:
-            //   ImGui::TextUnformatted(buf_begin, buf_end); 
+            //   ImGui::TextUnformatted(buf_begin, buf_end);
             // And it'll just work. TextUnformatted() has specialization for large blob of text and will fast-forward to skip non-visible lines.
             // Here we instead demonstrate using the clipper to only process lines that are within the visible area.
             // If you have tens of thousands of items and their processing cost is non-negligible, coarse clipping them on your side is recommended.
-            // Using ImGuiListClipper requires A) random access into your data, and B) items all being the  same height, 
+            // Using ImGuiListClipper requires A) random access into your data, and B) items all being the  same height,
             // both of which we can handle since we an array pointing to the beginning of each line of text.
             // When using the filter (in the block of code above) we don't have random access into the data to display anymore, which is why we don't use the clipper.
             // Storing or skimming through the search result would make it possible (and would be recommended if you want to search through tens of thousands of entries)
@@ -3471,18 +3574,19 @@ static void ShowExampleAppLog(bool* p_open)
 {
     static ExampleAppLog log;
 
-    // For the demo: add a debug button before the normal log window contents
+    // For the demo: add a debug button _BEFORE_ the normal log window contents
     // We take advantage of the fact that multiple calls to Begin()/End() are appending to the same window.
+    // Most of the contents of the window will be added by the log.Draw() call.
     ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(500, 400), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
     ImGui::Begin("Example: Log", p_open);
-    if (ImGui::SmallButton("Add 5 entries"))
+    if (ImGui::SmallButton("[Debug] Add 5 entries"))
     {
         static int counter = 0;
         for (int n = 0; n < 5; n++)
         {
             const char* categories[3] = { "info", "warn", "error" };
             const char* words[] = { "Bumfuzzled", "Cattywampus", "Snickersnee", "Abibliophobia", "Absquatulate", "Nincompoop", "Pauciloquent" };
-            log.AddLog("[%05d] [%s] Hello, current time is %.1f, here's a word: '%s'\n", 
+            log.AddLog("[%05d] [%s] Hello, current time is %.1f, here's a word: '%s'\n",
                 ImGui::GetFrameCount(), categories[counter % IM_ARRAYSIZE(categories)], ImGui::GetTime(), words[counter % IM_ARRAYSIZE(words)]);
             counter++;
         }
@@ -3726,8 +3830,8 @@ static void ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(bool* p_open)
     if (type == 2) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(100, 100), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX)); // Width > 100, Height > 100
     if (type == 3) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(400, -1),  ImVec2(500, -1));          // Width 400-500
     if (type == 4) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(-1, 400),  ImVec2(-1, 500));          // Height 400-500
-    if (type == 5) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0),     ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::Square);          // Always Square
-    if (type == 6) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0),     ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::Step, (void*)100);// Fixed Step
+    if (type == 5) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0),     ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::Square);                     // Always Square
+    if (type == 6) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0),     ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::Step, (void*)(intptr_t)100); // Fixed Step
 
     ImGuiWindowFlags flags = auto_resize ? ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize : 0;
     if (ImGui::Begin("Example: Constrained Resize", p_open, flags))
@@ -3765,17 +3869,20 @@ static void ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(bool* p_open)
 {
     const float DISTANCE = 10.0f;
     static int corner = 0;
-    ImVec2 window_pos = ImVec2((corner & 1) ? ImGui::GetIO().DisplaySize.x - DISTANCE : DISTANCE, (corner & 2) ? ImGui::GetIO().DisplaySize.y - DISTANCE : DISTANCE);
-    ImVec2 window_pos_pivot = ImVec2((corner & 1) ? 1.0f : 0.0f, (corner & 2) ? 1.0f : 0.0f);
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
     if (corner != -1)
+    {
+        ImVec2 window_pos = ImVec2((corner & 1) ? io.DisplaySize.x - DISTANCE : DISTANCE, (corner & 2) ? io.DisplaySize.y - DISTANCE : DISTANCE);
+        ImVec2 window_pos_pivot = ImVec2((corner & 1) ? 1.0f : 0.0f, (corner & 2) ? 1.0f : 0.0f);
         ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(window_pos, ImGuiCond_Always, window_pos_pivot);
+    }
     ImGui::SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.3f); // Transparent background
     if (ImGui::Begin("Example: Simple overlay", p_open, (corner != -1 ? ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove : 0) | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNav))
     {
         ImGui::Text("Simple overlay\n" "in the corner of the screen.\n" "(right-click to change position)");
         ImGui::Separator();
         if (ImGui::IsMousePosValid())
-            ImGui::Text("Mouse Position: (%.1f,%.1f)", ImGui::GetIO().MousePos.x, ImGui::GetIO().MousePos.y);
+            ImGui::Text("Mouse Position: (%.1f,%.1f)", io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y);
         else
             ImGui::Text("Mouse Position: <invalid>");
         if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow())
@@ -3850,27 +3957,30 @@ static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open)
     static ImVec4 col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 0.4f, 1.0f);
     ImGui::DragFloat("Size", &sz, 0.2f, 2.0f, 72.0f, "%.0f");
     ImGui::DragFloat("Thickness", &thickness, 0.05f, 1.0f, 8.0f, "%.02f");
-    ImGui::ColorEdit3("Color", &col.x);
+    ImGui::ColorEdit4("Color", &col.x);
     {
         const ImVec2 p = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
         const ImU32 col32 = ImColor(col);
         float x = p.x + 4.0f, y = p.y + 4.0f, spacing = 8.0f;
         for (int n = 0; n < 2; n++)
         {
-            float curr_thickness = (n == 0) ? 1.0f : thickness;
-            draw_list->AddCircle(ImVec2(x+sz*0.5f, y+sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col32, 20, curr_thickness); x += sz+spacing;
-            draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz), col32, 0.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, curr_thickness); x += sz+spacing;
-            draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz), col32, 10.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, curr_thickness); x += sz+spacing;
-            draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz), col32, 10.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft|ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight, curr_thickness); x += sz+spacing;
-            draw_list->AddTriangle(ImVec2(x+sz*0.5f, y), ImVec2(x+sz,y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x,y+sz-0.5f), col32, curr_thickness); x += sz+spacing;
-            draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y   ), col32, curr_thickness); x += sz+spacing;   // Horizontal line (note: drawing a filled rectangle will be faster!)
-            draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x,    y+sz), col32, curr_thickness); x += spacing;      // Vertical line (note: drawing a filled rectangle will be faster!)
-            draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz), col32, curr_thickness); x += sz+spacing;   // Diagonal line
-            draw_list->AddBezierCurve(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz*1.3f,y+sz*0.3f), ImVec2(x+sz-sz*1.3f,y+sz-sz*0.3f), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz), col32, curr_thickness);
+            // First line uses a thickness of 1.0, second line uses the configurable thickness
+            float th = (n == 0) ? 1.0f : thickness;
+            draw_list->AddCircle(ImVec2(x+sz*0.5f, y+sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col32, 6, th); x += sz+spacing;     // Hexagon
+            draw_list->AddCircle(ImVec2(x+sz*0.5f, y+sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col32, 20, th); x += sz+spacing;    // Circle
+            draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz), col32, 0.0f,  ImDrawCornerFlags_All, th); x += sz+spacing;
+            draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz), col32, 10.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, th); x += sz+spacing;
+            draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz), col32, 10.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft|ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight, th); x += sz+spacing;
+            draw_list->AddTriangle(ImVec2(x+sz*0.5f, y), ImVec2(x+sz,y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x,y+sz-0.5f), col32, th); x += sz+spacing;
+            draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y   ), col32, th); x += sz+spacing;               // Horizontal line (note: drawing a filled rectangle will be faster!)
+            draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x,    y+sz), col32, th); x += spacing;                  // Vertical line (note: drawing a filled rectangle will be faster!)
+            draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz), col32, th); x += sz+spacing;               // Diagonal line
+            draw_list->AddBezierCurve(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz*1.3f,y+sz*0.3f), ImVec2(x+sz-sz*1.3f,y+sz-sz*0.3f), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz), col32, th);
             x = p.x + 4;
             y += sz+spacing;
         }
-        draw_list->AddCircleFilled(ImVec2(x+sz*0.5f, y+sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col32, 32); x += sz+spacing;
+        draw_list->AddCircleFilled(ImVec2(x+sz*0.5f, y+sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col32, 6); x += sz+spacing;       // Hexagon
+        draw_list->AddCircleFilled(ImVec2(x+sz*0.5f, y+sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col32, 32); x += sz+spacing;      // Circle
         draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz), col32); x += sz+spacing;
         draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz), col32, 10.0f); x += sz+spacing;
         draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz), col32, 10.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft|ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight); x += sz+spacing;
@@ -3945,16 +4055,16 @@ struct MyDocument
     bool        Open;           // Set when the document is open (in this demo, we keep an array of all available documents to simplify the demo)
     bool        OpenPrev;       // Copy of Open from last update.
     bool        Dirty;          // Set when the document has been modified
-    bool        WantClose;      // Set when the document 
+    bool        WantClose;      // Set when the document
     ImVec4      Color;          // An arbitrary variable associated to the document
 
     MyDocument(const char* name, bool open = true, const ImVec4& color = ImVec4(1.0f,1.0f,1.0f,1.0f))
-    { 
-        Name = name; 
-        Open = OpenPrev = open; 
-        Dirty = false; 
-        WantClose = false; 
-        Color = color; 
+    {
+        Name = name;
+        Open = OpenPrev = open;
+        Dirty = false;
+        WantClose = false;
+        Color = color;
     }
     void DoOpen()       { Open = true; }
     void DoQueueClose() { WantClose = true; }
@@ -4011,8 +4121,8 @@ struct ExampleAppDocuments
 
 // [Optional] Notify the system of Tabs/Windows closure that happened outside the regular tab interface.
 // If a tab has been closed programmatically (aka closed from another source such as the Checkbox() in the demo, as opposed
-// to clicking on the regular tab closing button) and stops being submitted, it will take a frame for the tab bar to notice its absence. 
-// During this frame there will be a gap in the tab bar, and if the tab that has disappeared was the selected one, the tab bar 
+// to clicking on the regular tab closing button) and stops being submitted, it will take a frame for the tab bar to notice its absence.
+// During this frame there will be a gap in the tab bar, and if the tab that has disappeared was the selected one, the tab bar
 // will report no selected tab during the frame. This will effectively give the impression of a flicker for one frame.
 // We call SetTabItemClosed() to manually notify the Tab Bar or Docking system of removed tabs to avoid this glitch.
 // Note that this completely optional, and only affect tab bars with the ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable flag.
diff --git a/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp b/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp
index 12686849..075ea0d2 100644
--- a/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp
+++ b/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.67
+// dear imgui, v1.68
 // (drawing and font code)
 
 /*
@@ -57,7 +57,9 @@ Index of this file:
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal"            // warning : comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe   // storing and comparing against same constants ok.
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wglobal-constructors"    // warning : declaration requires a global destructor           // similar to above, not sure what the exact difference it.
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion"        // warning : implicit conversion changes signedness             //
+#if __has_warning("-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant")
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant"  // warning : zero as null pointer constant              // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0
+#endif
 #if __has_warning("-Wcomma")
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wcomma"                  // warning : possible misuse of comma operator here             //
 #endif
@@ -687,7 +689,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32
         PrimReserve(idx_count, vtx_count);
 
         // Temporary buffer
-        ImVec2* temp_normals = (ImVec2*)alloca(points_count * (thick_line ? 5 : 3) * sizeof(ImVec2));
+        ImVec2* temp_normals = (ImVec2*)alloca(points_count * (thick_line ? 5 : 3) * sizeof(ImVec2)); //-V630
         ImVec2* temp_points = temp_normals + points_count;
 
         for (int i1 = 0; i1 < count; i1++)
@@ -878,7 +880,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int points_coun
         }
 
         // Compute normals
-        ImVec2* temp_normals = (ImVec2*)alloca(points_count * sizeof(ImVec2));
+        ImVec2* temp_normals = (ImVec2*)alloca(points_count * sizeof(ImVec2)); //-V630
         for (int i0 = points_count-1, i1 = 0; i1 < points_count; i0 = i1++)
         {
             const ImVec2& p0 = points[i0];
@@ -955,6 +957,9 @@ void ImDrawList::PathArcTo(const ImVec2& centre, float radius, float a_min, floa
         _Path.push_back(centre);
         return;
     }
+
+    // Note that we are adding a point at both a_min and a_max.
+    // If you are trying to draw a full closed circle you don't want the overlapping points!
     _Path.reserve(_Path.Size + (num_segments + 1));
     for (int i = 0; i <= num_segments; i++)
     {
@@ -1138,21 +1143,23 @@ void ImDrawList::AddTriangleFilled(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec
 
 void ImDrawList::AddCircle(const ImVec2& centre, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments, float thickness)
 {
-    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0 || num_segments <= 2)
         return;
 
+    // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points
     const float a_max = IM_PI*2.0f * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments;
-    PathArcTo(centre, radius-0.5f, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments);
+    PathArcTo(centre, radius-0.5f, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1);
     PathStroke(col, true, thickness);
 }
 
 void ImDrawList::AddCircleFilled(const ImVec2& centre, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments)
 {
-    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0 || num_segments <= 2)
         return;
 
+    // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points
     const float a_max = IM_PI*2.0f * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments;
-    PathArcTo(centre, radius, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments);
+    PathArcTo(centre, radius, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1);
     PathFillConvex(col);
 }
 
@@ -1280,8 +1287,10 @@ void ImDrawData::DeIndexAllBuffers()
     }
 }
 
-// Helper to scale the ClipRect field of each ImDrawCmd. Use if your final output buffer is at a different scale than ImGui expects, or if there is a difference between your window resolution and framebuffer resolution.
-void ImDrawData::ScaleClipRects(const ImVec2& scale)
+// Helper to scale the ClipRect field of each ImDrawCmd. 
+// Use if your final output buffer is at a different scale than draw_data->DisplaySize, 
+// or if there is a difference between your window resolution and framebuffer resolution.
+void ImDrawData::ScaleClipRects(const ImVec2& fb_scale)
 {
     for (int i = 0; i < CmdListsCount; i++)
     {
@@ -1289,7 +1298,7 @@ void ImDrawData::ScaleClipRects(const ImVec2& scale)
         for (int cmd_i = 0; cmd_i < cmd_list->CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_i++)
         {
             ImDrawCmd* cmd = &cmd_list->CmdBuffer[cmd_i];
-            cmd->ClipRect = ImVec4(cmd->ClipRect.x * scale.x, cmd->ClipRect.y * scale.y, cmd->ClipRect.z * scale.x, cmd->ClipRect.w * scale.y);
+            cmd->ClipRect = ImVec4(cmd->ClipRect.x * fb_scale.x, cmd->ClipRect.y * fb_scale.y, cmd->ClipRect.z * fb_scale.x, cmd->ClipRect.w * fb_scale.y);
         }
     }
 }
@@ -1352,7 +1361,7 @@ ImFontConfig::ImFontConfig()
     FontDataOwnedByAtlas = true;
     FontNo = 0;
     SizePixels = 0.0f;
-    OversampleH = 3;
+    OversampleH = 3; // FIXME: 2 may be a better default?
     OversampleV = 1;
     PixelSnapH = false;
     GlyphExtraSpacing = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
@@ -1518,7 +1527,7 @@ void    ImFontAtlas::GetTexDataAsRGBA32(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_wid
         GetTexDataAsAlpha8(&pixels, NULL, NULL);
         if (pixels)
         {
-            TexPixelsRGBA32 = (unsigned int*)ImGui::MemAlloc((size_t)(TexWidth * TexHeight * 4));
+            TexPixelsRGBA32 = (unsigned int*)ImGui::MemAlloc((size_t)TexWidth * (size_t)TexHeight * 4);
             const unsigned char* src = pixels;
             unsigned int* dst = TexPixelsRGBA32;
             for (int n = TexWidth * TexHeight; n > 0; n--)
@@ -1585,8 +1594,10 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontDefault(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template)
         font_cfg.OversampleH = font_cfg.OversampleV = 1;
         font_cfg.PixelSnapH = true;
     }
-    if (font_cfg.Name[0] == '\0') strcpy(font_cfg.Name, "ProggyClean.ttf, 13px");
-    if (font_cfg.SizePixels <= 0.0f) font_cfg.SizePixels = 13.0f;
+    if (font_cfg.SizePixels <= 0.0f) 
+        font_cfg.SizePixels = 13.0f * 1.0f;
+    if (font_cfg.Name[0] == '\0') 
+        ImFormatString(font_cfg.Name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(font_cfg.Name), "ProggyClean.ttf, %dpx", (int)font_cfg.SizePixels);
 
     const char* ttf_compressed_base85 = GetDefaultCompressedFontDataTTFBase85();
     const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = font_cfg.GlyphRanges != NULL ? font_cfg.GlyphRanges : GetGlyphRangesDefault();
@@ -1829,25 +1840,23 @@ bool    ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
     {
         ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i];
         ImFontBuildDstData& dst_tmp = dst_tmp_array[src_tmp.DstIndex];
-        ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[src_i];
         src_tmp.GlyphsSet.Resize(src_tmp.GlyphsHighest + 1);
-        if (dst_tmp.SrcCount > 1 && dst_tmp.GlyphsSet.Storage.empty())
+        if (dst_tmp.GlyphsSet.Storage.empty())
             dst_tmp.GlyphsSet.Resize(dst_tmp.GlyphsHighest + 1);
 
         for (const ImWchar* src_range = src_tmp.SrcRanges; src_range[0] && src_range[1]; src_range += 2)
             for (int codepoint = src_range[0]; codepoint <= src_range[1]; codepoint++)
             {
-                if (cfg.MergeMode && dst_tmp.GlyphsSet.GetBit(codepoint))   // Don't overwrite existing glyphs. We could make this an option (e.g. MergeOverwrite)
+                if (dst_tmp.GlyphsSet.GetBit(codepoint))    // Don't overwrite existing glyphs. We could make this an option for MergeMode (e.g. MergeOverwrite==true)
                     continue;
                 if (!stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(&src_tmp.FontInfo, codepoint))    // It is actually in the font?
                     continue;
-                
+
                 // Add to avail set/counters
                 src_tmp.GlyphsCount++;
                 dst_tmp.GlyphsCount++;
                 src_tmp.GlyphsSet.SetBit(codepoint, true);
-                if (dst_tmp.SrcCount > 1)
-                    dst_tmp.GlyphsSet.SetBit(codepoint, true);
+                dst_tmp.GlyphsSet.SetBit(codepoint, true);
                 total_glyphs_count++;
             }
     }
@@ -2012,7 +2021,7 @@ bool    ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
             float char_off_x = font_off_x;
             if (char_advance_x_org != char_advance_x_mod)
                 char_off_x += cfg.PixelSnapH ? (float)(int)((char_advance_x_mod - char_advance_x_org) * 0.5f) : (char_advance_x_mod - char_advance_x_org) * 0.5f;
-            
+
             // Register glyph
             stbtt_aligned_quad q;
             float dummy_x = 0.0f, dummy_y = 0.0f;
@@ -2056,6 +2065,7 @@ void ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font, ImFontConfig* f
 void ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(ImFontAtlas* atlas, void* stbrp_context_opaque)
 {
     stbrp_context* pack_context = (stbrp_context*)stbrp_context_opaque;
+    IM_ASSERT(pack_context != NULL);
 
     ImVector<ImFontAtlas::CustomRect>& user_rects = atlas->CustomRects;
     IM_ASSERT(user_rects.Size >= 1); // We expect at least the default custom rects to be registered, else something went wrong.
@@ -2162,7 +2172,8 @@ const ImWchar*  ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesChineseFull()
     static const ImWchar ranges[] =
     {
         0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement
-        0x3000, 0x30FF, // Punctuations, Hiragana, Katakana
+        0x2000, 0x206F, // General Punctuation
+        0x3000, 0x30FF, // CJK Symbols and Punctuations, Hiragana, Katakana
         0x31F0, 0x31FF, // Katakana Phonetic Extensions
         0xFF00, 0xFFEF, // Half-width characters
         0x4e00, 0x9FAF, // CJK Ideograms
@@ -2238,9 +2249,10 @@ const ImWchar*  ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesChineseSimplifiedCommon()
     static ImWchar base_ranges[] = // not zero-terminated
     {
         0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement
-        0x3000, 0x30FF, // Punctuations, Hiragana, Katakana
+        0x2000, 0x206F, // General Punctuation
+        0x3000, 0x30FF, // CJK Symbols and Punctuations, Hiragana, Katakana
         0x31F0, 0x31FF, // Katakana Phonetic Extensions
-        0xFF00, 0xFFEF, // Half-width characters
+        0xFF00, 0xFFEF  // Half-width characters
     };
     static ImWchar full_ranges[IM_ARRAYSIZE(base_ranges) + IM_ARRAYSIZE(accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00) * 2 + 1] = { 0 };
     if (!full_ranges[0])
@@ -2291,14 +2303,14 @@ const ImWchar*  ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesJapanese()
         3,7,6,3,1,2,3,9,1,3,1,6,3,2,1,3,11,3,1,6,10,3,2,3,1,2,1,5,1,1,11,3,6,4,1,7,2,1,2,5,5,34,4,14,18,4,19,7,5,8,2,6,79,1,5,2,14,8,2,9,2,1,36,28,16,
         4,1,1,1,2,12,6,42,39,16,23,7,15,15,3,2,12,7,21,64,6,9,28,8,12,3,3,41,59,24,51,55,57,294,9,9,2,6,2,15,1,2,13,38,90,9,9,9,3,11,7,1,1,1,5,6,3,2,
         1,2,2,3,8,1,4,4,1,5,7,1,4,3,20,4,9,1,1,1,5,5,17,1,5,2,6,2,4,1,4,5,7,3,18,11,11,32,7,5,4,7,11,127,8,4,3,3,1,10,1,1,6,21,14,1,16,1,7,1,3,6,9,65,
-        51,4,3,13,3,10,1,1,12,9,21,110,3,19,24,1,1,10,62,4,1,29,42,78,28,20,18,82,6,3,15,6,84,58,253,15,155,264,15,21,9,14,7,58,40,39, 
+        51,4,3,13,3,10,1,1,12,9,21,110,3,19,24,1,1,10,62,4,1,29,42,78,28,20,18,82,6,3,15,6,84,58,253,15,155,264,15,21,9,14,7,58,40,39,
     };
     static ImWchar base_ranges[] = // not zero-terminated
     {
         0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement
-        0x3000, 0x30FF, // Punctuations, Hiragana, Katakana
+        0x3000, 0x30FF, // CJK Symbols and Punctuations, Hiragana, Katakana
         0x31F0, 0x31FF, // Katakana Phonetic Extensions
-        0xFF00, 0xFFEF, // Half-width characters
+        0xFF00, 0xFFEF  // Half-width characters
     };
     static ImWchar full_ranges[IM_ARRAYSIZE(base_ranges) + IM_ARRAYSIZE(accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00)*2 + 1] = { 0 };
     if (!full_ranges[0])
@@ -2378,38 +2390,36 @@ void ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder::BuildRanges(ImVector<ImWchar>* out_ranges)
 
 ImFont::ImFont()
 {
-    Scale = 1.0f;
+    FontSize = 0.0f;
+    FallbackAdvanceX = 0.0f;
     FallbackChar = (ImWchar)'?';
     DisplayOffset = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-    ClearOutputData();
+    FallbackGlyph = NULL;
+    ContainerAtlas = NULL;
+    ConfigData = NULL;
+    ConfigDataCount = 0;
+    DirtyLookupTables = false;
+    Scale = 1.0f;
+    Ascent = Descent = 0.0f;
+    MetricsTotalSurface = 0;
 }
 
 ImFont::~ImFont()
 {
-    // Invalidate active font so that the user gets a clear crash instead of a dangling pointer.
-    // If you want to delete fonts you need to do it between Render() and NewFrame().
-    // FIXME-CLEANUP
-    /*
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (g.Font == this)
-        g.Font = NULL;
-    */
     ClearOutputData();
 }
 
 void    ImFont::ClearOutputData()
 {
     FontSize = 0.0f;
+    FallbackAdvanceX = 0.0f;
     Glyphs.clear();
     IndexAdvanceX.clear();
     IndexLookup.clear();
     FallbackGlyph = NULL;
-    FallbackAdvanceX = 0.0f;
-    ConfigDataCount = 0;
-    ConfigData = NULL;
     ContainerAtlas = NULL;
-    Ascent = Descent = 0.0f;
     DirtyLookupTables = true;
+    Ascent = Descent = 0.0f;
     MetricsTotalSurface = 0;
 }
 
@@ -2999,13 +3009,14 @@ void ImGui::RenderRectFilledRangeH(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& rect, Im
     const float inv_rounding = 1.0f / rounding;
     const float arc0_b = ImAcos01(1.0f - (p0.x - rect.Min.x) * inv_rounding);
     const float arc0_e = ImAcos01(1.0f - (p1.x - rect.Min.x) * inv_rounding);
+    const float half_pi = IM_PI * 0.5f; // We will == compare to this because we know this is the exact value ImAcos01 can return.
     const float x0 = ImMax(p0.x, rect.Min.x + rounding);
     if (arc0_b == arc0_e)
     {
         draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(x0, p1.y));
         draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(x0, p0.y));
     }
-    else if (arc0_b == 0.0f && arc0_e == IM_PI*0.5f)
+    else if (arc0_b == 0.0f && arc0_e == half_pi)
     {
         draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(x0, p1.y - rounding), rounding, 3, 6); // BL
         draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(x0, p0.y + rounding), rounding, 6, 9); // TR
@@ -3025,7 +3036,7 @@ void ImGui::RenderRectFilledRangeH(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& rect, Im
             draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(x1, p0.y));
             draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(x1, p1.y));
         }
-        else if (arc1_b == 0.0f && arc1_e == IM_PI*0.5f)
+        else if (arc1_b == 0.0f && arc1_e == half_pi)
         {
             draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(x1, p0.y + rounding), rounding, 9, 12); // TR
             draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(x1, p1.y - rounding), rounding, 0, 3);  // BR
@@ -3039,13 +3050,14 @@ void ImGui::RenderRectFilledRangeH(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& rect, Im
     draw_list->PathFillConvex(col);
 }
 
-// FIXME: Rendering an ellipsis "..." is a surprisingly tricky problem for us... we cannot rely on font glyph having it, 
-// and regular dot are typically too wide. If we render a dot/shape ourselves it comes with the risk that it wouldn't match 
+// FIXME: Rendering an ellipsis "..." is a surprisingly tricky problem for us... we cannot rely on font glyph having it,
+// and regular dot are typically too wide. If we render a dot/shape ourselves it comes with the risk that it wouldn't match
 // the boldness or positioning of what the font uses...
 void ImGui::RenderPixelEllipsis(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, int count, ImU32 col)
 {
     ImFont* font = draw_list->_Data->Font;
-    pos.y += (float)(int)(font->DisplayOffset.y + font->Ascent + 0.5f - 1.0f);
+    const float font_scale = draw_list->_Data->FontSize / font->FontSize;
+    pos.y += (float)(int)(font->DisplayOffset.y + font->Ascent * font_scale + 0.5f - 1.0f);
     for (int dot_n = 0; dot_n < count; dot_n++)
         draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(pos.x + dot_n * 2.0f, pos.y), ImVec2(pos.x + dot_n * 2.0f + 1.0f, pos.y + 1.0f), col);
 }
diff --git a/imgui/imgui_internal.h b/imgui/imgui_internal.h
index f7137c93..e5b65040 100644
--- a/imgui/imgui_internal.h
+++ b/imgui/imgui_internal.h
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.67
+// dear imgui, v1.68
 // (internal structures/api)
 
 // You may use this file to debug, understand or extend ImGui features but we don't provide any guarantee of forward compatibility!
@@ -46,7 +46,9 @@ Index of this file:
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function"                // for stb_textedit.h
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wmissing-prototypes"             // for stb_textedit.h
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"
+#if __has_warning("-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant")
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant"
+#endif
 #if __has_warning("-Wdouble-promotion")
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion"
 #endif
@@ -124,6 +126,7 @@ extern IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* GImGui;  // Current implicit ImGui context pointe
 #else
 #define IM_NEWLINE      "\n"
 #endif
+
 #define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(_FMT,...)       printf("[%05d] " _FMT, GImGui->FrameCount, __VA_ARGS__)
 #define IM_STATIC_ASSERT(_COND)         typedef char static_assertion_##__line__[(_COND)?1:-1]
 #define IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(_VAL)    ((int)((_VAL) * 255.0f + ((_VAL)>=0 ? 0.5f : -0.5f)))   // Unsaturated, for display purpose
@@ -145,7 +148,8 @@ IMGUI_API int           ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(const char* in_text, const
 IMGUI_API int           ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end);                   // return number of bytes to express string in UTF-8
 
 // Helpers: Misc
-IMGUI_API ImU32         ImHash(const void* data, int data_size, ImU32 seed = 0);    // Pass data_size==0 for zero-terminated strings
+IMGUI_API ImU32         ImHashData(const void* data, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed = 0);
+IMGUI_API ImU32         ImHashStr(const char* data, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed = 0);
 IMGUI_API void*         ImFileLoadToMemory(const char* filename, const char* file_open_mode, size_t* out_file_size = NULL, int padding_bytes = 0);
 IMGUI_API FILE*         ImFileOpen(const char* filename, const char* file_open_mode);
 static inline bool      ImCharIsBlankA(char c)          { return c == ' ' || c == '\t'; }
@@ -153,6 +157,9 @@ static inline bool      ImCharIsBlankW(unsigned int c)  { return c == ' ' || c =
 static inline bool      ImIsPowerOfTwo(int v)           { return v != 0 && (v & (v - 1)) == 0; }
 static inline int       ImUpperPowerOfTwo(int v)        { v--; v |= v >> 1; v |= v >> 2; v |= v >> 4; v |= v >> 8; v |= v >> 16; v++; return v; }
 #define ImQsort         qsort
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+static inline ImU32     ImHash(const void* data, int size, ImU32 seed = 0) { return size ? ImHashData(data, (size_t)size, seed) : ImHashStr((const char*)data, 0, seed); } // [moved to ImHashStr/ImHashData in 1.68]
+#endif
 
 // Helpers: Geometry
 IMGUI_API ImVec2        ImLineClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& p);
@@ -177,7 +184,7 @@ IMGUI_API int           ImFormatString(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* f
 IMGUI_API int           ImFormatStringV(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3);
 IMGUI_API const char*   ImParseFormatFindStart(const char* format);
 IMGUI_API const char*   ImParseFormatFindEnd(const char* format);
-IMGUI_API const char*   ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(const char* format, char* buf, int buf_size);
+IMGUI_API const char*   ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(const char* format, char* buf, size_t buf_size);
 IMGUI_API int           ImParseFormatPrecision(const char* format, int default_value);
 
 // Helpers: ImVec2/ImVec4 operators
@@ -280,14 +287,6 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImPool
 // Misc data structures
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-// 1D vector (this odd construct is used to facilitate the transition between 1D and 2D, and the maintenance of some branches/patches)
-struct ImVec1
-{
-    float               x;
-    ImVec1()            { x = 0.0f; }
-    ImVec1(float _x)    { x = _x; }
-};
-
 enum ImGuiButtonFlags_
 {
     ImGuiButtonFlags_None                   = 0,
@@ -346,6 +345,19 @@ enum ImGuiSeparatorFlags_
     ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical            = 1 << 1
 };
 
+// Transient per-window flags, reset at the beginning of the frame. For child window, inherited from parent on first Begin().
+// This is going to be exposed in imgui.h when stabilized enough.
+enum ImGuiItemFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop                = 1 << 0,  // false
+    ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat             = 1 << 1,  // false    // Button() will return true multiple times based on io.KeyRepeatDelay and io.KeyRepeatRate settings.
+    ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled                 = 1 << 2,  // false    // [BETA] Disable interactions but doesn't affect visuals yet. See github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/211
+    ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav                    = 1 << 3,  // false
+    ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus        = 1 << 4,  // false
+    ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup = 1 << 5,  // false    // MenuItem/Selectable() automatically closes current Popup window
+    ImGuiItemFlags_Default_                 = 0
+};
+
 // Storage for LastItem data
 enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_
 {
@@ -356,9 +368,9 @@ enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_
 
 #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
     , // [imgui-test only]
-    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable           = 1 << 10,  // 
-    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened             = 1 << 11,  // 
-    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable          = 1 << 12,  // 
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable           = 1 << 10,  //
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened             = 1 << 11,  //
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable          = 1 << 12,  //
     ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked            = 1 << 13   //
 #endif
 };
@@ -411,7 +423,7 @@ enum ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_
     ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_None         = 0,
     ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeDefault  = 1 << 0,
     ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin     = 1 << 1,
-    ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_AlwaysDraw   = 1 << 2,
+    ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_AlwaysDraw   = 1 << 2,       // Draw rectangular highlight if (g.NavId == id) _even_ when using the mouse.
     ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding   = 1 << 3
 };
 
@@ -454,6 +466,15 @@ enum ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy
     ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox
 };
 
+// 1D vector (this odd construct is used to facilitate the transition between 1D and 2D, and the maintenance of some branches/patches)
+struct ImVec1
+{
+    float   x;
+    ImVec1()         { x = 0.0f; }
+    ImVec1(float _x) { x = _x; }
+};
+
+
 // 2D axis aligned bounding-box
 // NB: we can't rely on ImVec2 math operators being available here
 struct IMGUI_API ImRect
@@ -561,7 +582,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiInputTextState
     void                CursorClamp()               { StbState.cursor = ImMin(StbState.cursor, CurLenW); StbState.select_start = ImMin(StbState.select_start, CurLenW); StbState.select_end = ImMin(StbState.select_end, CurLenW); }
     bool                HasSelection() const        { return StbState.select_start != StbState.select_end; }
     void                ClearSelection()            { StbState.select_start = StbState.select_end = StbState.cursor; }
-    void                SelectAll()                 { StbState.select_start = 0; StbState.cursor = StbState.select_end = CurLenW; StbState.has_preferred_x = false; }
+    void                SelectAll()                 { StbState.select_start = 0; StbState.cursor = StbState.select_end = CurLenW; StbState.has_preferred_x = 0; }
     void                OnKeyPressed(int key);      // Cannot be inline because we call in code in stb_textedit.h implementation
 };
 
@@ -579,8 +600,8 @@ struct ImGuiWindowSettings
 
 struct ImGuiSettingsHandler
 {
-    const char* TypeName;   // Short description stored in .ini file. Disallowed characters: '[' ']'
-    ImGuiID     TypeHash;   // == ImHash(TypeName, 0, 0)
+    const char* TypeName;       // Short description stored in .ini file. Disallowed characters: '[' ']'
+    ImGuiID     TypeHash;       // == ImHashStr(TypeName, 0, 0)
     void*       (*ReadOpenFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, const char* name);              // Read: Called when entering into a new ini entry e.g. "[Window][Name]"
     void        (*ReadLineFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, void* entry, const char* line); // Read: Called for every line of text within an ini entry
     void        (*WriteAllFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, ImGuiTextBuffer* out_buf);      // Write: Output every entries into 'out_buf'
@@ -670,6 +691,7 @@ struct ImDrawDataBuilder
 struct ImGuiNavMoveResult
 {
     ImGuiID       ID;           // Best candidate
+    ImGuiID       SelectScopeId;// Best candidate window current selectable group ID
     ImGuiWindow*  Window;       // Best candidate window
     float         DistBox;      // Best candidate box distance to current NavId
     float         DistCenter;   // Best candidate center distance to current NavId
@@ -677,7 +699,7 @@ struct ImGuiNavMoveResult
     ImRect        RectRel;      // Best candidate bounding box in window relative space
 
     ImGuiNavMoveResult() { Clear(); }
-    void Clear()         { ID = 0; Window = NULL; DistBox = DistCenter = DistAxial = FLT_MAX; RectRel = ImRect(); }
+    void Clear()         { ID = SelectScopeId = 0; Window = NULL; DistBox = DistCenter = DistAxial = FLT_MAX; RectRel = ImRect(); }
 };
 
 // Storage for SetNexWindow** functions
@@ -720,6 +742,10 @@ struct ImGuiNextWindowData
     }
 };
 
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Tabs
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
 struct ImGuiTabBarSortItem
 {
     int         Index;
@@ -767,10 +793,12 @@ struct ImGuiContext
     float                   ActiveIdTimer;
     bool                    ActiveIdIsJustActivated;            // Set at the time of activation for one frame
     bool                    ActiveIdAllowOverlap;               // Active widget allows another widget to steal active id (generally for overlapping widgets, but not always)
+    bool                    ActiveIdHasBeenPressed;             // Track whether the active id led to a press (this is to allow changing between PressOnClick and PressOnRelease without pressing twice). Used by range_select branch.
     bool                    ActiveIdHasBeenEdited;              // Was the value associated to the widget Edited over the course of the Active state.
     bool                    ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive;
     bool                    ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEdited;
     int                     ActiveIdAllowNavDirFlags;           // Active widget allows using directional navigation (e.g. can activate a button and move away from it)
+    int                     ActiveIdBlockNavInputFlags;
     ImVec2                  ActiveIdClickOffset;                // Clicked offset from upper-left corner, if applicable (currently only set by ButtonBehavior)
     ImGuiWindow*            ActiveIdWindow;
     ImGuiWindow*            ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow;
@@ -796,8 +824,9 @@ struct ImGuiContext
     ImGuiID                 NavActivatePressedId;               // ~~ IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_Activate) ? NavId : 0
     ImGuiID                 NavInputId;                         // ~~ IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_Input) ? NavId : 0
     ImGuiID                 NavJustTabbedId;                    // Just tabbed to this id.
-    ImGuiID                 NavJustMovedToId;                   // Just navigated to this id (result of a successfully MoveRequest)
-    ImGuiID                 NavNextActivateId;                  // Set by ActivateItem(), queued until next frame
+    ImGuiID                 NavJustMovedToId;                   // Just navigated to this id (result of a successfully MoveRequest).
+    ImGuiID                 NavJustMovedToSelectScopeId;        // Just navigated to this select scope id (result of a successfully MoveRequest).
+    ImGuiID                 NavNextActivateId;                  // Set by ActivateItem(), queued until next frame.
     ImGuiInputSource        NavInputSource;                     // Keyboard or Gamepad mode? THIS WILL ONLY BE None or NavGamepad or NavKeyboard.
     ImRect                  NavScoringRectScreen;               // Rectangle used for scoring, in screen space. Based of window->DC.NavRefRectRel[], modified for directional navigation scoring.
     int                     NavScoringCount;                    // Metrics for debugging
@@ -870,8 +899,13 @@ struct ImGuiContext
     int                     TooltipOverrideCount;
     ImVector<char>          PrivateClipboard;                   // If no custom clipboard handler is defined
 
+    // Range-Select/Multi-Select
+    // [This is unused in this branch, but left here to facilitate merging/syncing multiple branches]
+    ImGuiID                 MultiSelectScopeId;
+
     // Platform support
-    ImVec2                  PlatformImePos, PlatformImeLastPos; // Cursor position request & last passed to the OS Input Method Editor
+    ImVec2                  PlatformImePos;                     // Cursor position request & last passed to the OS Input Method Editor
+    ImVec2                  PlatformImeLastPos;
 
     // Settings
     bool                           SettingsLoaded;
@@ -922,10 +956,12 @@ struct ImGuiContext
         ActiveIdTimer = 0.0f;
         ActiveIdIsJustActivated = false;
         ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false;
+        ActiveIdHasBeenPressed = false;
         ActiveIdHasBeenEdited = false;
         ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = false;
         ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEdited = false;
-        ActiveIdAllowNavDirFlags = 0;
+        ActiveIdAllowNavDirFlags = 0x00;
+        ActiveIdBlockNavInputFlags = 0x00;
         ActiveIdClickOffset = ImVec2(-1,-1);
         ActiveIdWindow = ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = NULL;
         ActiveIdSource = ImGuiInputSource_None;
@@ -938,7 +974,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext
 
         NavWindow = NULL;
         NavId = NavActivateId = NavActivateDownId = NavActivatePressedId = NavInputId = 0;
-        NavJustTabbedId = NavJustMovedToId = NavNextActivateId = 0;
+        NavJustTabbedId = NavJustMovedToId = NavJustMovedToSelectScopeId = NavNextActivateId = 0;
         NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_None;
         NavScoringRectScreen = ImRect();
         NavScoringCount = 0;
@@ -984,6 +1020,9 @@ struct ImGuiContext
         DragSpeedDefaultRatio = 1.0f / 100.0f;
         ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
         TooltipOverrideCount = 0;
+
+        MultiSelectScopeId = 0;
+
         PlatformImePos = PlatformImeLastPos = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
 
         SettingsLoaded = false;
@@ -1002,18 +1041,9 @@ struct ImGuiContext
     }
 };
 
-// Transient per-window flags, reset at the beginning of the frame. For child window, inherited from parent on first Begin().
-// This is going to be exposed in imgui.h when stabilized enough.
-enum ImGuiItemFlags_
-{
-    ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop                    = 1 << 0,  // false
-    ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat                 = 1 << 1,  // false    // Button() will return true multiple times based on io.KeyRepeatDelay and io.KeyRepeatRate settings.
-    ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled                     = 1 << 2,  // false    // [BETA] Disable interactions but doesn't affect visuals yet. See github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/211
-    ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav                        = 1 << 3,  // false
-    ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus            = 1 << 4,  // false
-    ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup     = 1 << 5,  // false    // MenuItem/Selectable() automatically closes current Popup window
-    ImGuiItemFlags_Default_                     = 0
-};
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ImGuiWindow
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 // Transient per-window data, reset at the beginning of the frame. This used to be called ImGuiDrawContext, hence the DC variable name in ImGuiWindow.
 // FIXME: That's theory, in practice the delimitation between ImGuiWindow and ImGuiWindowTempData is quite tenuous and could be reconsidered.
@@ -1126,6 +1156,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow
     bool                    Appearing;                          // Set during the frame where the window is appearing (or re-appearing)
     bool                    Hidden;                             // Do not display (== (HiddenFramesForResize > 0) ||
     bool                    HasCloseButton;                     // Set when the window has a close button (p_open != NULL)
+    signed char             ResizeBorderHeld;                   // Current border being held for resize (-1: none, otherwise 0-3)
     short                   BeginCount;                         // Number of Begin() during the current frame (generally 0 or 1, 1+ if appending via multiple Begin/End pairs)
     short                   BeginOrderWithinParent;             // Order within immediate parent window, if we are a child window. Otherwise 0.
     short                   BeginOrderWithinContext;            // Order within entire imgui context. This is mostly used for debugging submission order related issues.
@@ -1214,10 +1245,14 @@ struct ImGuiItemHoveredDataBackup
 
 enum ImGuiTabBarFlagsPrivate_
 {
-    ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode                   = 1 << 20,  // [Docking: Unused in Master Branch] Part of a dock node
-    ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNodeIsDockSpace        = 1 << 21,  // [Docking: Unused in Master Branch] Part of an explicit dockspace node node
-    ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused                  = 1 << 22,
-    ImGuiTabBarFlags_SaveSettings               = 1 << 23   // FIXME: Settings are handled by the docking system, this only request the tab bar to mark settings dirty when reordering tabs
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode                   = 1 << 20,  // Part of a dock node
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused                  = 1 << 21,
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags_SaveSettings               = 1 << 22   // FIXME: Settings are handled by the docking system, this only request the tab bar to mark settings dirty when reordering tabs
+};
+
+enum ImGuiTabItemFlagsPrivate_
+{
+    ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton             = 1 << 20   // Store whether p_open is set or not, which we need to recompute WidthContents during layout.
 };
 
 // Storage for one active tab item (sizeof() 26~32 bytes)
@@ -1227,11 +1262,12 @@ struct ImGuiTabItem
     ImGuiTabItemFlags   Flags;
     int                 LastFrameVisible;
     int                 LastFrameSelected;      // This allows us to infer an ordered list of the last activated tabs with little maintenance
+    int                 NameOffset;             // When Window==NULL, offset to name within parent ImGuiTabBar::TabsNames
     float               Offset;                 // Position relative to beginning of tab
     float               Width;                  // Width currently displayed
     float               WidthContents;          // Width of actual contents, stored during BeginTabItem() call
 
-    ImGuiTabItem()      { ID = Flags = 0; LastFrameVisible = LastFrameSelected = -1; Offset = Width = WidthContents = 0.0f; }
+    ImGuiTabItem()      { ID = Flags = 0; LastFrameVisible = LastFrameSelected = -1; NameOffset = -1; Offset = Width = WidthContents = 0.0f; }
 };
 
 // Storage for a tab bar (sizeof() 92~96 bytes)
@@ -1256,9 +1292,16 @@ struct ImGuiTabBar
     bool                WantLayout;
     bool                VisibleTabWasSubmitted;
     short               LastTabItemIdx;         // For BeginTabItem()/EndTabItem()
+    ImVec2              FramePadding;           // style.FramePadding locked at the time of BeginTabBar()
+    ImGuiTextBuffer     TabsNames;              // For non-docking tab bar we re-append names in a contiguous buffer. 
 
     ImGuiTabBar();
-    int                 GetTabOrder(const ImGuiTabItem* tab) const { return Tabs.index_from_ptr(tab); }
+    int                 GetTabOrder(const ImGuiTabItem* tab) const  { return Tabs.index_from_ptr(tab); }
+    const char*         GetTabName(const ImGuiTabItem* tab) const 
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(tab->NameOffset != -1 && tab->NameOffset < TabsNames.Buf.Size); 
+        return TabsNames.Buf.Data + tab->NameOffset;
+    }
 };
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -1290,6 +1333,9 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API float         GetWindowScrollMaxX(ImGuiWindow* window);
     IMGUI_API float         GetWindowScrollMaxY(ImGuiWindow* window);
     IMGUI_API ImRect        GetWindowAllowedExtentRect(ImGuiWindow* window);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowCollapsed(ImGuiWindow* window, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond);
 
     IMGUI_API void          SetCurrentFont(ImFont* font);
     inline ImFont*          GetDefaultFont() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.IO.FontDefault ? g.IO.FontDefault : g.IO.Fonts->Fonts[0]; }
@@ -1309,6 +1355,7 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API void                  MarkIniSettingsDirty(ImGuiWindow* window);
     IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings*  CreateNewWindowSettings(const char* name);
     IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings*  FindWindowSettings(ImGuiID id);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings*  FindOrCreateWindowSettings(const char* name);
     IMGUI_API ImGuiSettingsHandler* FindSettingsHandler(const char* type_name);
 
     // Basic Accessors
@@ -1329,7 +1376,7 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API bool          ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb = NULL);
     IMGUI_API bool          ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id);
     IMGUI_API bool          IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool clip_even_when_logged);
-    IMGUI_API bool          FocusableItemRegister(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id, bool tab_stop = true);      // Return true if focus is requested
+    IMGUI_API bool          FocusableItemRegister(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id, bool tab_stop = true);   // Return true if focus is requested
     IMGUI_API void          FocusableItemUnregister(ImGuiWindow* window);
     IMGUI_API ImVec2        CalcItemSize(ImVec2 size, float default_x, float default_y);
     IMGUI_API float         CalcWrapWidthForPos(const ImVec2& pos, float wrap_pos_x);
@@ -1386,7 +1433,7 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API bool          TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags);
     IMGUI_API ImVec2        TabItemCalcSize(const char* label, bool has_close_button);
     IMGUI_API void          TabItemBackground(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImU32 col);
-    IMGUI_API bool          TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, const char* label, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGuiID close_button_id);
+    IMGUI_API bool          TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImVec2 frame_padding, const char* label, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGuiID close_button_id);
 
     // Render helpers
     // AVOID USING OUTSIDE OF IMGUI.CPP! NOT FOR PUBLIC CONSUMPTION. THOSE FUNCTIONS ARE A MESS. THEIR SIGNATURE AND BEHAVIOR WILL CHANGE, THEY NEED TO BE REFACTORED INTO SOMETHING DECENT.
@@ -1417,6 +1464,7 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API bool          CollapseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos);
     IMGUI_API bool          ArrowButtonEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags flags);
     IMGUI_API void          Scrollbar(ImGuiLayoutType direction);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetScrollbarID(ImGuiLayoutType direction);
     IMGUI_API void          VerticalSeparator();        // Vertical separator, for menu bars (use current line height). Not exposed because it is misleading and it doesn't have an effect on regular layout.
 
     // Widgets low-level behaviors
@@ -1428,7 +1476,7 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API bool          TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0);                     // Consume previous SetNextTreeNodeOpened() data, if any. May return true when logging
     IMGUI_API void          TreePushRawID(ImGuiID id);
 
-    // Template functions are instantiated in imgui_widgets.cpp for a finite number of types. 
+    // Template functions are instantiated in imgui_widgets.cpp for a finite number of types.
     // To use them externally (for custom widget) you may need an "extern template" statement in your code in order to link to existing instances and silence Clang warnings (see #2036).
     // e.g. " extern template IMGUI_API float RoundScalarWithFormatT<float, float>(const char* format, ImGuiDataType data_type, float v); "
     template<typename T, typename SIGNED_T, typename FLOAT_T>   IMGUI_API bool  DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, T* v, float v_speed, const T v_min, const T v_max, const char* format, float power, ImGuiDragFlags flags);
@@ -1446,7 +1494,7 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API void          ColorPickerOptionsPopup(const float* ref_col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags);
 
     // Plot
-    IMGUI_API void          PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size);
+    IMGUI_API void          PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 frame_size);
 
     // Shade functions (write over already created vertices)
     IMGUI_API void          ShadeVertsLinearColorGradientKeepAlpha(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, ImVec2 gradient_p0, ImVec2 gradient_p1, ImU32 col0, ImU32 col1);
@@ -1469,7 +1517,7 @@ IMGUI_API void              ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyRectAlpha8(const unsigned ch
 extern void                 ImGuiTestEngineHook_PreNewFrame(ImGuiContext* ctx);
 extern void                 ImGuiTestEngineHook_PostNewFrame(ImGuiContext* ctx);
 extern void                 ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id);
-extern void                 ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id, const char* label, int flags);
+extern void                 ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiItemStatusFlags flags);
 #define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(_ID, _LABEL, _FLAGS)  ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(&g, _ID, _LABEL, _FLAGS)   // Register status flags
 #else
 #define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(_ID, _LABEL, _FLAGS)  do { } while (0)
diff --git a/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp b/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp
index 058d6a4c..2ac389c1 100644
--- a/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp
+++ b/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.67
+// dear imgui, v1.68
 // (widgets code)
 
 /*
@@ -56,7 +56,9 @@ Index of this file:
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal"            // warning : comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe   // storing and comparing against same constants (typically 0.0f) is ok.
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral"      // warning : format string is not a string literal              // passing non-literal to vsnformat(). yes, user passing incorrect format strings can crash the code.
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion"        // warning : implicit conversion changes signedness             //
+#if __has_warning("-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant")
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant"  // warning : zero as null pointer constant              // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0
+#endif
 #if __has_warning("-Wdouble-promotion")
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion"       // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function  // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double.
 #endif
@@ -505,6 +507,8 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool
     bool held = false;
     if (g.ActiveId == id)
     {
+        if (pressed)
+            g.ActiveIdHasBeenPressed = true;
         if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse)
         {
             if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated)
@@ -575,6 +579,7 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags
     //if (pressed && !(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
     //    CloseCurrentPopup();
 
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags);
     return pressed;
 }
 
@@ -672,7 +677,7 @@ bool ImGui::CloseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos, float radius)
     // Render
     ImVec2 center = bb.GetCenter();
     if (hovered)
-        window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, ImMax(2.0f, radius), GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered), 9);
+        window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, ImMax(2.0f, radius), GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered), 9);
 
     float cross_extent = (radius * 0.7071f) - 1.0f;
     ImU32 cross_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text);
@@ -705,6 +710,13 @@ bool ImGui::CollapseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos)
     return pressed;
 }
 
+ImGuiID ImGui::GetScrollbarID(ImGuiLayoutType direction)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    return window->GetID((direction == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) ? "#SCROLLX" : "#SCROLLY");
+}
+
 // Vertical/Horizontal scrollbar
 // The entire piece of code below is rather confusing because:
 // - We handle absolute seeking (when first clicking outside the grab) and relative manipulation (afterward or when clicking inside the grab)
@@ -717,8 +729,8 @@ void ImGui::Scrollbar(ImGuiLayoutType direction)
 
     const bool horizontal = (direction == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal);
     const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
-    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(horizontal ? "#SCROLLX" : "#SCROLLY");
-
+    const ImGuiID id = GetScrollbarID(direction);
+    
     // Render background
     bool other_scrollbar = (horizontal ? window->ScrollbarY : window->ScrollbarX);
     float other_scrollbar_size_w = other_scrollbar ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f;
@@ -729,9 +741,21 @@ void ImGui::Scrollbar(ImGuiLayoutType direction)
         : ImRect(window_rect.Max.x - style.ScrollbarSize, window->Pos.y + border_size, window_rect.Max.x - border_size, window_rect.Max.y - other_scrollbar_size_w - border_size);
     if (!horizontal)
         bb.Min.y += window->TitleBarHeight() + ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? window->MenuBarHeight() : 0.0f);
-    if (bb.GetWidth() <= 0.0f || bb.GetHeight() <= 0.0f)
+
+    const float bb_height = bb.GetHeight();
+    if (bb.GetWidth() <= 0.0f || bb_height <= 0.0f)
         return;
 
+    // When we are too small, start hiding and disabling the grab (this reduce visual noise on very small window and facilitate using the resize grab)
+    float alpha = 1.0f;
+    if ((direction == ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical) && bb_height < g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)
+    {
+        alpha = ImSaturate((bb_height - g.FontSize) / (g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f));
+        if (alpha <= 0.0f)
+            return;
+    }
+    const bool allow_interaction = (alpha >= 1.0f);
+
     int window_rounding_corners;
     if (horizontal)
         window_rounding_corners = ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft | (other_scrollbar ? 0 : ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight);
@@ -762,7 +786,7 @@ void ImGui::Scrollbar(ImGuiLayoutType direction)
     float scroll_max = ImMax(1.0f, win_size_contents_v - win_size_avail_v);
     float scroll_ratio = ImSaturate(scroll_v / scroll_max);
     float grab_v_norm = scroll_ratio * (scrollbar_size_v - grab_h_pixels) / scrollbar_size_v;
-    if (held && grab_h_norm < 1.0f)
+    if (held && allow_interaction && grab_h_norm < 1.0f)
     {
         float scrollbar_pos_v = horizontal ? bb.Min.x : bb.Min.y;
         float mouse_pos_v = horizontal ? g.IO.MousePos.x : g.IO.MousePos.y;
@@ -805,8 +829,8 @@ void ImGui::Scrollbar(ImGuiLayoutType direction)
             *click_delta_to_grab_center_v = clicked_v_norm - grab_v_norm - grab_h_norm*0.5f;
     }
 
-    // Render
-    const ImU32 grab_col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered : ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab);
+    // Render grab
+    const ImU32 grab_col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered : ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab, alpha);
     ImRect grab_rect;
     if (horizontal)
         grab_rect = ImRect(ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, grab_v_norm), bb.Min.y, ImMin(ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, grab_v_norm) + grab_h_pixels, window_rect.Max.x), bb.Max.y);
@@ -890,19 +914,10 @@ bool ImGui::Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v)
     const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
     const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
 
-    const ImRect check_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2)); // We want a square shape to we use Y twice
-    ItemSize(check_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
-
-    ImRect total_bb = check_bb;
-    if (label_size.x > 0)
-        SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-    const ImRect text_bb(window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(0,style.FramePadding.y), window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(0,style.FramePadding.y) + label_size);
-    if (label_size.x > 0)
-    {
-        ItemSize(ImVec2(text_bb.GetWidth(), check_bb.GetHeight()), style.FramePadding.y);
-        total_bb = ImRect(ImMin(check_bb.Min, text_bb.Min), ImMax(check_bb.Max, text_bb.Max));
-    }
-
+    const float square_sz = GetFrameHeight();
+    const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    const ImRect total_bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(square_sz + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f), label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f));
+    ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
     if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id))
         return false;
 
@@ -914,19 +929,19 @@ bool ImGui::Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v)
         MarkItemEdited(id);
     }
 
+    const ImRect check_bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(square_sz, square_sz));
     RenderNavHighlight(total_bb, id);
     RenderFrame(check_bb.Min, check_bb.Max, GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding);
     if (*v)
     {
-        const float check_sz = ImMin(check_bb.GetWidth(), check_bb.GetHeight());
-        const float pad = ImMax(1.0f, (float)(int)(check_sz / 6.0f));
-        RenderCheckMark(check_bb.Min + ImVec2(pad,pad), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_CheckMark), check_bb.GetWidth() - pad*2.0f);
+        const float pad = ImMax(1.0f, (float)(int)(square_sz / 6.0f));
+        RenderCheckMark(check_bb.Min + ImVec2(pad, pad), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_CheckMark), square_sz - pad*2.0f);
     }
 
     if (g.LogEnabled)
-        LogRenderedText(&text_bb.Min, *v ? "[x]" : "[ ]");
+        LogRenderedText(&total_bb.Min, *v ? "[x]" : "[ ]");
     if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
-        RenderText(text_bb.Min, label);
+        RenderText(ImVec2(check_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, check_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
 
     IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.ItemFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (*v ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0));
     return pressed;
@@ -958,26 +973,18 @@ bool ImGui::RadioButton(const char* label, bool active)
     const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
     const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
 
-    const ImRect check_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2-1, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2-1));
-    ItemSize(check_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
-
-    ImRect total_bb = check_bb;
-    if (label_size.x > 0)
-        SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-    const ImRect text_bb(window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(0, style.FramePadding.y), window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(0, style.FramePadding.y) + label_size);
-    if (label_size.x > 0)
-    {
-        ItemSize(ImVec2(text_bb.GetWidth(), check_bb.GetHeight()), style.FramePadding.y);
-        total_bb.Add(text_bb);
-    }
-
+    const float square_sz = GetFrameHeight();
+    const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    const ImRect check_bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(square_sz, square_sz));
+    const ImRect total_bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(square_sz + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f), label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f));
+    ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
     if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id))
         return false;
 
     ImVec2 center = check_bb.GetCenter();
     center.x = (float)(int)center.x + 0.5f;
     center.y = (float)(int)center.y + 0.5f;
-    const float radius = check_bb.GetHeight() * 0.5f;
+    const float radius = (square_sz - 1.0f) * 0.5f;
 
     bool hovered, held;
     bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(total_bb, id, &hovered, &held);
@@ -988,21 +995,20 @@ bool ImGui::RadioButton(const char* label, bool active)
     window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, radius, GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg), 16);
     if (active)
     {
-        const float check_sz = ImMin(check_bb.GetWidth(), check_bb.GetHeight());
-        const float pad = ImMax(1.0f, (float)(int)(check_sz / 6.0f));
-        window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, radius-pad, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_CheckMark), 16);
+        const float pad = ImMax(1.0f, (float)(int)(square_sz / 6.0f));
+        window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, radius - pad, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_CheckMark), 16);
     }
 
     if (style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f)
     {
-        window->DrawList->AddCircle(center+ImVec2(1,1), radius, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), 16, style.FrameBorderSize);
+        window->DrawList->AddCircle(center + ImVec2(1,1), radius, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), 16, style.FrameBorderSize);
         window->DrawList->AddCircle(center, radius, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), 16, style.FrameBorderSize);
     }
 
     if (g.LogEnabled)
-        LogRenderedText(&text_bb.Min, active ? "(x)" : "( )");
+        LogRenderedText(&total_bb.Min, active ? "(x)" : "( )");
     if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
-        RenderText(text_bb.Min, label);
+        RenderText(ImVec2(check_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, check_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
 
     return pressed;
 }
@@ -1456,7 +1462,7 @@ bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[
     return value_changed;
 }
 
-// Combo box helper allowing to pass all items in a single string literal holding multiple zero-terminated items "item1\0item2\0" 
+// Combo box helper allowing to pass all items in a single string literal holding multiple zero-terminated items "item1\0item2\0"
 bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* items_separated_by_zeros, int height_in_items)
 {
     int items_count = 0;
@@ -1666,7 +1672,7 @@ static float GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision(int decimal_precision)
     static const float min_steps[10] = { 1.0f, 0.1f, 0.01f, 0.001f, 0.0001f, 0.00001f, 0.000001f, 0.0000001f, 0.00000001f, 0.000000001f };
     if (decimal_precision < 0)
         return FLT_MIN;
-    return (decimal_precision >= 0 && decimal_precision < 10) ? min_steps[decimal_precision] : ImPow(10.0f, (float)-decimal_precision);
+    return (decimal_precision < IM_ARRAYSIZE(min_steps)) ? min_steps[decimal_precision] : ImPow(10.0f, (float)-decimal_precision);
 }
 
 template<typename TYPE>
@@ -1868,15 +1874,12 @@ bool ImGui::DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, floa
 
     const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
     const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f));
-    const ImRect inner_bb(frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding, frame_bb.Max - style.FramePadding);
     const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f));
 
-    // NB- we don't call ItemSize() yet because we may turn into a text edit box below
+    ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
     if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb))
-    {
-        ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
         return false;
-    }
+
     const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id);
 
     // Default format string when passing NULL
@@ -1904,12 +1907,12 @@ bool ImGui::DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, floa
     }
     if (start_text_input || (g.ActiveId == id && g.ScalarAsInputTextId == id))
     {
+        window->DC.CursorPos = frame_bb.Min;
         FocusableItemUnregister(window);
         return InputScalarAsWidgetReplacement(frame_bb, id, label, data_type, v, format);
     }
 
     // Actual drag behavior
-    ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
     const bool value_changed = DragBehavior(id, data_type, v, v_speed, v_min, v_max, format, power, ImGuiDragFlags_None);
     if (value_changed)
         MarkItemEdited(id);
@@ -1925,8 +1928,9 @@ bool ImGui::DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, floa
     RenderTextClipped(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f));
 
     if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
-        RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, inner_bb.Min.y), label);
+        RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
 
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.ItemFlags);
     return value_changed;
 }
 
@@ -1945,7 +1949,7 @@ bool ImGui::DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, int
     for (int i = 0; i < components; i++)
     {
         PushID(i);
-        value_changed |= DragScalar("##v", data_type, v, v_speed, v_min, v_max, format, power);
+        value_changed |= DragScalar("", data_type, v, v_speed, v_min, v_max, format, power);
         SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
         PopID();
         PopItemWidth();
@@ -2305,12 +2309,9 @@ bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, co
     const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f));
     const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f));
 
-    // NB- we don't call ItemSize() yet because we may turn into a text edit box below
+    ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
     if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb))
-    {
-        ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
         return false;
-    }
 
     // Default format string when passing NULL
     // Patch old "%.0f" format string to use "%d", read function comments for more details.
@@ -2338,12 +2339,11 @@ bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, co
     }
     if (start_text_input || (g.ActiveId == id && g.ScalarAsInputTextId == id))
     {
+        window->DC.CursorPos = frame_bb.Min;
         FocusableItemUnregister(window);
         return InputScalarAsWidgetReplacement(frame_bb, id, label, data_type, v, format);
     }
 
-    ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
-
     // Draw frame
     const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : g.HoveredId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg);
     RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id);
@@ -2366,6 +2366,7 @@ bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, co
     if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
         RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
 
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.ItemFlags);
     return value_changed;
 }
 
@@ -2385,7 +2386,7 @@ bool ImGui::SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, i
     for (int i = 0; i < components; i++)
     {
         PushID(i);
-        value_changed |= SliderScalar("##v", data_type, v, v_min, v_max, format, power);
+        value_changed |= SliderScalar("", data_type, v, v_min, v_max, format, power);
         SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
         PopID();
         PopItemWidth();
@@ -2575,7 +2576,7 @@ const char* ImParseFormatFindEnd(const char* fmt)
 //  fmt = "%.3f"       -> return fmt
 //  fmt = "hello %.3f" -> return fmt + 6
 //  fmt = "%.3f hello" -> return buf written with "%.3f"
-const char* ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(const char* fmt, char* buf, int buf_size)
+const char* ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(const char* fmt, char* buf, size_t buf_size)
 {
     const char* fmt_start = ImParseFormatFindStart(fmt);
     if (fmt_start[0] != '%')
@@ -2583,7 +2584,7 @@ const char* ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(const char* fmt, char* buf, int buf_siz
     const char* fmt_end = ImParseFormatFindEnd(fmt_start);
     if (fmt_end[0] == 0) // If we only have leading decoration, we don't need to copy the data.
         return fmt_start;
-    ImStrncpy(buf, fmt_start, ImMin((int)(fmt_end + 1 - fmt_start), buf_size));
+    ImStrncpy(buf, fmt_start, ImMin((size_t)(fmt_end - fmt_start) + 1, buf_size));
     return buf;
 }
 
@@ -2612,17 +2613,15 @@ int ImParseFormatPrecision(const char* fmt, int default_precision)
 }
 
 // Create text input in place of an active drag/slider (used when doing a CTRL+Click on drag/slider widgets)
-// FIXME: Logic is awkward and confusing. This should be reworked to facilitate using in other situations.
+// FIXME: Facilitate using this in variety of other situations.
 bool ImGui::InputScalarAsWidgetReplacement(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, const char* format)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
 
-    // Our replacement widget will override the focus ID (registered previously to allow for a TAB focus to happen)
-    // On the first frame, g.ScalarAsInputTextId == 0, then on subsequent frames it becomes == id
-    SetActiveID(g.ScalarAsInputTextId, window);
-    SetHoveredID(0);
-    g.ActiveIdAllowNavDirFlags = (1 << ImGuiDir_Up) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Down);
+    // On the first frame, g.ScalarAsInputTextId == 0, then on subsequent frames it becomes == id.
+    // We clear ActiveID on the first frame to allow the InputText() taking it back.
+    if (g.ScalarAsInputTextId == 0)
+        ClearActiveID();
 
     char fmt_buf[32];
     char data_buf[32];
@@ -2631,11 +2630,11 @@ bool ImGui::InputScalarAsWidgetReplacement(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const c
     ImStrTrimBlanks(data_buf);
     ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll | ((data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) ? ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific : ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal);
     bool value_changed = InputTextEx(label, data_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(data_buf), bb.GetSize(), flags);
-    if (g.ScalarAsInputTextId == 0)     // First frame we started displaying the InputText widget
+    if (g.ScalarAsInputTextId == 0)
     {
-        IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == id);    // InputText ID expected to match the Slider ID
+        // First frame we started displaying the InputText widget, we expect it to take the active id.
+        IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == id);
         g.ScalarAsInputTextId = g.ActiveId;
-        SetHoveredID(id);
     }
     if (value_changed)
         return DataTypeApplyOpFromText(data_buf, g.InputTextState.InitialText.Data, data_type, data_ptr, NULL);
@@ -2720,7 +2719,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, in
     for (int i = 0; i < components; i++)
     {
         PushID(i);
-        value_changed |= InputScalar("##v", data_type, v, step, step_fast, format, flags);
+        value_changed |= InputScalar("", data_type, v, step, step_fast, format, flags);
         SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
         PopID();
         PopItemWidth();
@@ -2852,8 +2851,9 @@ static int InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(const char* text_begin, const char**
 
 static ImVec2 InputTextCalcTextSizeW(const ImWchar* text_begin, const ImWchar* text_end, const ImWchar** remaining, ImVec2* out_offset, bool stop_on_new_line)
 {
-    ImFont* font = GImGui->Font;
-    const float line_height = GImGui->FontSize;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImFont* font = g.Font;
+    const float line_height = g.FontSize;
     const float scale = line_height / font->FontSize;
 
     ImVec2 text_size = ImVec2(0,0);
@@ -3121,7 +3121,7 @@ static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags f
 
 // Edit a string of text
 // - buf_size account for the zero-terminator, so a buf_size of 6 can hold "Hello" but not "Hello!".
-//   This is so we can easily call InputText() on static arrays using ARRAYSIZE() and to match 
+//   This is so we can easily call InputText() on static arrays using ARRAYSIZE() and to match
 //   Note that in std::string world, capacity() would omit 1 byte used by the zero-terminator.
 // - When active, hold on a privately held copy of the text (and apply back to 'buf'). So changing 'buf' while the InputText is active has no effect.
 // - If you want to use ImGui::InputText() with std::string, see misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h
@@ -3147,7 +3147,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2
     if (is_resizable)
         IM_ASSERT(callback != NULL); // Must provide a callback if you set the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize flag!
 
-    if (is_multiline) // Open group before calling GetID() because groups tracks id created within their scope, 
+    if (is_multiline) // Open group before calling GetID() because groups tracks id created within their scope,
         BeginGroup();
     const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
     const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
@@ -3158,7 +3158,12 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2
     ImGuiWindow* draw_window = window;
     if (is_multiline)
     {
-        ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb);
+        if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb))
+        {
+            ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+            EndGroup();
+            return false;
+        }
         if (!BeginChildFrame(id, frame_bb.GetSize()))
         {
             EndChildFrame();
@@ -3245,15 +3250,16 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2
                     select_all = true;
             }
             if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode)
-                edit_state.StbState.insert_mode = true;
+                edit_state.StbState.insert_mode = 1;
             if (!is_multiline && (focus_requested_by_tab || (user_clicked && io.KeyCtrl)))
                 select_all = true;
         }
         SetActiveID(id, window);
         SetFocusID(id, window);
         FocusWindow(window);
+        g.ActiveIdBlockNavInputFlags = (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel);
         if (!is_multiline && !(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory))
-            g.ActiveIdAllowNavDirFlags |= ((1 << ImGuiDir_Up) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Down));
+            g.ActiveIdAllowNavDirFlags = ((1 << ImGuiDir_Up) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Down));
     }
     else if (io.MouseClicked[0])
     {
@@ -3583,7 +3589,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2
             }
 
             // If the underlying buffer resize was denied or not carried to the next frame, apply_new_text_length+1 may be >= buf_size.
-            ImStrncpy(buf, edit_state.TempBuffer.Data, ImMin(apply_new_text_length + 1, buf_size));
+            ImStrncpy(buf, apply_new_text, ImMin(apply_new_text_length + 1, buf_size));
             value_changed = true;
         }
 
@@ -3789,6 +3795,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2
     if (value_changed)
         MarkItemEdited(id);
 
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.ItemFlags);
     if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue) != 0)
         return enter_pressed;
     else
@@ -3895,9 +3902,14 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag
             if (n + 1 == components)
                 PushItemWidth(w_item_last);
             if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float)
-                value_changed = value_changed_as_float = value_changed | DragFloat(ids[n], &f[n], 1.0f/255.0f, 0.0f, hdr ? 0.0f : 1.0f, fmt_table_float[fmt_idx][n]);
+            {
+                value_changed |= DragFloat(ids[n], &f[n], 1.0f/255.0f, 0.0f, hdr ? 0.0f : 1.0f, fmt_table_float[fmt_idx][n]);
+                value_changed_as_float |= value_changed;
+            }
             else
+            {
                 value_changed |= DragInt(ids[n], &i[n], 1.0f, 0, hdr ? 0 : 255, fmt_table_int[fmt_idx][n]);
+            }
             if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions))
                 OpenPopupOnItemClick("context");
         }
@@ -4000,7 +4012,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag
     {
         if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F))
         {
-            memcpy((float*)col, payload->Data, sizeof(float) * 3);
+            memcpy((float*)col, payload->Data, sizeof(float) * 3); // Preserve alpha if any //-V512
             value_changed = true;
         }
         if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F))
@@ -4582,7 +4594,7 @@ void ImGui::ColorPickerOptionsPopup(const float* ref_col, ImGuiColorEditFlags fl
                 g.ColorEditOptions = (g.ColorEditOptions & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask) | (picker_flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask);
             SetCursorScreenPos(backup_pos);
             ImVec4 dummy_ref_col;
-            memcpy(&dummy_ref_col.x, ref_col, sizeof(float) * (picker_flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha ? 3 : 4));
+            memcpy(&dummy_ref_col, ref_col, sizeof(float) * ((picker_flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 3 : 4));
             ColorPicker4("##dummypicker", &dummy_ref_col.x, picker_flags);
             PopID();
         }
@@ -4603,7 +4615,7 @@ void ImGui::ColorPickerOptionsPopup(const float* ref_col, ImGuiColorEditFlags fl
 // - TreeNodeV()
 // - TreeNodeEx()
 // - TreeNodeExV()
-// - TreeNodeBehavior() [Internal]  
+// - TreeNodeBehavior() [Internal]
 // - TreePush()
 // - TreePop()
 // - TreeAdvanceToLabelPos()
@@ -4799,20 +4811,24 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l
     }
 
     // Flags that affects opening behavior:
-    // - 0(default) ..................... single-click anywhere to open
+    // - 0 (default) .................... single-click anywhere to open
     // - OpenOnDoubleClick .............. double-click anywhere to open
     // - OpenOnArrow .................... single-click on arrow to open
     // - OpenOnDoubleClick|OpenOnArrow .. single-click on arrow or double-click anywhere to open
-    ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers | ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap) ? ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap : 0);
-    if (!is_leaf)
-        button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold;
+    ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers;
+    if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap)
+        button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap;
     if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick)
         button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick | ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow) ? ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease : 0);
+    if (!is_leaf)
+        button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold;
 
-    bool hovered, held, pressed = ButtonBehavior(interact_bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags);
+    bool selected = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected) != 0;
+    bool hovered, held;
+    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(interact_bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags);
+    bool toggled = false;
     if (!is_leaf)
     {
-        bool toggled = false;
         if (pressed)
         {
             toggled = !(flags & (ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick)) || (g.NavActivateId == id);
@@ -4847,11 +4863,12 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l
     // Render
     const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header);
     const ImVec2 text_pos = frame_bb.Min + ImVec2(text_offset_x, text_base_offset_y);
+    ImGuiNavHighlightFlags nav_highlight_flags = ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin;
     if (display_frame)
     {
         // Framed type
         RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, col, true, style.FrameRounding);
-        RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin);
+        RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id, nav_highlight_flags);
         RenderArrow(frame_bb.Min + ImVec2(padding.x, text_base_offset_y), is_open ? ImGuiDir_Down : ImGuiDir_Right, 1.0f);
         if (g.LogEnabled)
         {
@@ -4870,10 +4887,10 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l
     else
     {
         // Unframed typed for tree nodes
-        if (hovered || (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected))
+        if (hovered || selected)
         {
             RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, col, false);
-            RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin);
+            RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id, nav_highlight_flags);
         }
 
         if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet)
@@ -4985,7 +5002,7 @@ bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags
         ImGuiItemHoveredDataBackup last_item_backup;
         float button_radius = g.FontSize * 0.5f;
         ImVec2 button_center = ImVec2(ImMin(window->DC.LastItemRect.Max.x, window->ClipRect.Max.x) - g.Style.FramePadding.x - button_radius, window->DC.LastItemRect.GetCenter().y);
-        if (CloseButton(window->GetID((void*)(intptr_t)(id+1)), button_center, button_radius))
+        if (CloseButton(window->GetID((void*)((intptr_t)id+1)), button_center, button_radius))
             *p_open = false;
         last_item_backup.Restore();
     }
@@ -5024,7 +5041,7 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl
     // Fill horizontal space.
     ImVec2 window_padding = window->WindowPadding;
     float max_x = (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) ? GetWindowContentRegionMax().x : GetContentRegionMax().x;
-    float w_draw = ImMax(label_size.x, window->Pos.x + max_x - window_padding.x - window->DC.CursorPos.x);
+    float w_draw = ImMax(label_size.x, window->Pos.x + max_x - window_padding.x - pos.x);
     ImVec2 size_draw((size_arg.x != 0 && !(flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawFillAvailWidth)) ? size_arg.x : w_draw, size_arg.y != 0.0f ? size_arg.y : size.y);
     ImRect bb(pos, pos + size_draw);
     if (size_arg.x == 0.0f || (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawFillAvailWidth))
@@ -5053,11 +5070,11 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl
     if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_PressedOnRelease) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease;
     if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled;
     if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick;
-    bool hovered, held;
-    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags);
     if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled)
         selected = false;
 
+    bool hovered, held;
+    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags);
     // Hovering selectable with mouse updates NavId accordingly so navigation can be resumed with gamepad/keyboard (this doesn't happen on most widgets)
     if (pressed || hovered)
         if (!g.NavDisableMouseHover && g.NavWindow == window && g.NavLayer == window->DC.NavLayerCurrent)
@@ -5083,7 +5100,7 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl
     }
 
     if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]);
-    RenderTextClipped(bb_inner.Min, bb.Max, label, NULL, &label_size, ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f));
+    RenderTextClipped(bb_inner.Min, bb_inner.Max, label, NULL, &label_size, style.SelectableTextAlign, &bb);
     if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) PopStyleColor();
 
     // Automatically close popups
@@ -5130,6 +5147,13 @@ bool ImGui::ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg)
     ImRect bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f));
     window->DC.LastItemRect = bb; // Forward storage for ListBoxFooter.. dodgy.
 
+    if (!IsRectVisible(bb.Min, bb.Max))
+    {
+        ItemSize(bb.GetSize(), style.FramePadding.y);
+        ItemAdd(bb, 0, &frame_bb);
+        return false;
+    }
+
     BeginGroup();
     if (label_size.x > 0)
         RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
@@ -5222,7 +5246,7 @@ bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(v
 // - PlotHistogram()
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-void ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size)
+void ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 frame_size)
 {
     ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
     if (window->SkipItems)
@@ -5230,20 +5254,21 @@ void ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_ge
 
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
 
     const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
-    if (graph_size.x == 0.0f)
-        graph_size.x = CalcItemWidth();
-    if (graph_size.y == 0.0f)
-        graph_size.y = label_size.y + (style.FramePadding.y * 2);
+    if (frame_size.x == 0.0f)
+        frame_size.x = CalcItemWidth();
+    if (frame_size.y == 0.0f)
+        frame_size.y = label_size.y + (style.FramePadding.y * 2);
 
-    const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(graph_size.x, graph_size.y));
+    const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + frame_size);
     const ImRect inner_bb(frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding, frame_bb.Max - style.FramePadding);
     const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0));
     ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
     if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, 0, &frame_bb))
         return;
-    const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(inner_bb, 0);
+    const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id);
 
     // Determine scale from values if not specified
     if (scale_min == FLT_MAX || scale_max == FLT_MAX)
@@ -5266,12 +5291,12 @@ void ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_ge
 
     if (values_count > 0)
     {
-        int res_w = ImMin((int)graph_size.x, values_count) + ((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? -1 : 0);
+        int res_w = ImMin((int)frame_size.x, values_count) + ((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? -1 : 0);
         int item_count = values_count + ((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? -1 : 0);
 
         // Tooltip on hover
         int v_hovered = -1;
-        if (hovered)
+        if (hovered && inner_bb.Contains(g.IO.MousePos))
         {
             const float t = ImClamp((g.IO.MousePos.x - inner_bb.Min.x) / (inner_bb.Max.x - inner_bb.Min.x), 0.0f, 0.9999f);
             const int v_idx = (int)(t * item_count);
@@ -5478,7 +5503,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMainMenuBar()
         End();
         return false;
     }
-    return true;
+    return true; //-V1020
 }
 
 void ImGui::EndMainMenuBar()
@@ -5580,7 +5605,9 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled)
     if (menuset_is_open)
         g.NavWindow = window;  // Odd hack to allow hovering across menus of a same menu-set (otherwise we wouldn't be able to hover parent)
 
-    // The reference position stored in popup_pos will be used by Begin() to find a suitable position for the child menu (using FindBestWindowPosForPopup).
+    // The reference position stored in popup_pos will be used by Begin() to find a suitable position for the child menu,
+    // However the final position is going to be different! It is choosen by FindBestWindowPosForPopup().
+    // e.g. Menus tend to overlap each other horizontally to amplify relative Z-ordering.
     ImVec2 popup_pos, pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
     if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal)
     {
@@ -5620,13 +5647,14 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled)
         {
             if (ImGuiWindow* next_window = g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size].Window)
             {
+                // FIXME-DPI: Values should be derived from a master "scale" factor.
                 ImRect next_window_rect = next_window->Rect();
                 ImVec2 ta = g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseDelta;
                 ImVec2 tb = (window->Pos.x < next_window->Pos.x) ? next_window_rect.GetTL() : next_window_rect.GetTR();
                 ImVec2 tc = (window->Pos.x < next_window->Pos.x) ? next_window_rect.GetBL() : next_window_rect.GetBR();
                 float extra = ImClamp(ImFabs(ta.x - tb.x) * 0.30f, 5.0f, 30.0f); // add a bit of extra slack.
-                ta.x += (window->Pos.x < next_window->Pos.x) ? -0.5f : +0.5f;   // to avoid numerical issues
-                tb.y = ta.y + ImMax((tb.y - extra) - ta.y, -100.0f);            // triangle is maximum 200 high to limit the slope and the bias toward large sub-menus // FIXME: Multiply by fb_scale?
+                ta.x += (window->Pos.x < next_window->Pos.x) ? -0.5f : +0.5f;    // to avoid numerical issues
+                tb.y = ta.y + ImMax((tb.y - extra) - ta.y, -100.0f);             // triangle is maximum 200 high to limit the slope and the bias toward large sub-menus // FIXME: Multiply by fb_scale?
                 tc.y = ta.y + ImMin((tc.y + extra) - ta.y, +100.0f);
                 moving_within_opened_triangle = ImTriangleContainsPoint(ta, tb, tc, g.IO.MousePos);
                 //window->DrawList->PushClipRectFullScreen(); window->DrawList->AddTriangleFilled(ta, tb, tc, moving_within_opened_triangle ? IM_COL32(0,128,0,128) : IM_COL32(128,0,0,128)); window->DrawList->PopClipRect(); // Debug
@@ -5787,6 +5815,7 @@ bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool* p_selected,
 // - TabBarScrollToTab() [Internal]
 // - TabBarQueueChangeTabOrder() [Internal]
 // - TabBarScrollingButtons() [Internal]
+// - TabBarTabListPopupButton() [Internal]
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 namespace ImGui
@@ -5797,6 +5826,7 @@ namespace ImGui
     static float            TabBarScrollClamp(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, float scrolling);
     static void             TabBarScrollToTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab);
     static ImGuiTabItem*    TabBarScrollingButtons(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar);
+    static ImGuiTabItem*    TabBarTabListPopupButton(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar);
 }
 
 ImGuiTabBar::ImGuiTabBar()
@@ -5804,6 +5834,7 @@ ImGuiTabBar::ImGuiTabBar()
     ID = 0;
     SelectedTabId = NextSelectedTabId = VisibleTabId = 0;
     CurrFrameVisible = PrevFrameVisible = -1;
+    ContentsHeight = 0.0f;
     OffsetMax = OffsetNextTab = 0.0f;
     ScrollingAnim = ScrollingTarget = 0.0f;
     Flags = ImGuiTabBarFlags_None;
@@ -5861,7 +5892,7 @@ bool    ImGui::BeginTabBarEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImRect& tab_bar_bb, ImG
         return true;
     }
 
-    // When toggling back from ordered to manually-reorderable, shuffle tabs to enforce the last visible order. 
+    // When toggling back from ordered to manually-reorderable, shuffle tabs to enforce the last visible order.
     // Otherwise, the most recently inserted tabs would move at the end of visible list which can be a little too confusing or magic for the user.
     if ((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable) && !(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable) && tab_bar->Tabs.Size > 1 && tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible != -1)
         ImQsort(tab_bar->Tabs.Data, tab_bar->Tabs.Size, sizeof(ImGuiTabItem), TabItemComparerByVisibleOffset);
@@ -5875,8 +5906,9 @@ bool    ImGui::BeginTabBarEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImRect& tab_bar_bb, ImG
     tab_bar->WantLayout = true; // Layout will be done on the first call to ItemTab()
     tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible = tab_bar->CurrFrameVisible;
     tab_bar->CurrFrameVisible = g.FrameCount;
+    tab_bar->FramePadding = g.Style.FramePadding;
 
-    // Layout    
+    // Layout
     ItemSize(ImVec2(tab_bar->OffsetMax, tab_bar->BarRect.GetHeight()));
     window->DC.CursorPos.x = tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x;
 
@@ -5884,8 +5916,8 @@ bool    ImGui::BeginTabBarEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImRect& tab_bar_bb, ImG
     const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused) ? ImGuiCol_TabActive : ImGuiCol_Tab);
     const float y = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y - 1.0f;
     {
-        const float separator_min_x = tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x - ((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNodeIsDockSpace) ? 0.0f : window->WindowPadding.x);
-        const float separator_max_x = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x + ((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNodeIsDockSpace) ? 0.0f : window->WindowPadding.x);
+        const float separator_min_x = tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x - window->WindowPadding.x;
+        const float separator_max_x = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x + window->WindowPadding.x;
         window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(separator_min_x, y), ImVec2(separator_max_x, y), col, 1.0f);
     }
     return true;
@@ -5972,6 +6004,12 @@ static void ImGui::TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar)
         tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId = 0;
     }
 
+    // Tab List Popup (will alter tab_bar->BarRect and therefore the available width!)
+    const bool tab_list_popup_button = (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton) != 0;
+    if (tab_list_popup_button)
+        if (ImGuiTabItem* tab_to_select = TabBarTabListPopupButton(tab_bar)) // NB: Will alter BarRect.Max.x!
+            scroll_track_selected_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId = tab_to_select->ID;
+
     ImVector<ImGuiTabBarSortItem>& width_sort_buffer = g.TabSortByWidthBuffer;
     width_sort_buffer.resize(tab_bar->Tabs.Size);
 
@@ -5989,9 +6027,12 @@ static void ImGui::TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar)
         if (tab->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId)
             found_selected_tab_id = true;
 
-        // Refresh tab width immediately if we can (for manual tab bar, WidthContent will lag by one frame which is mostly noticeable when changing style.FramePadding.x)
-        // Additionally, when using TabBarAddTab() to manipulate tab bar order we occasionally insert new tabs that don't have a width yet, 
+        // Refresh tab width immediately, otherwise changes of style e.g. style.FramePadding.x would noticeably lag in the tab bar.
+        // Additionally, when using TabBarAddTab() to manipulate tab bar order we occasionally insert new tabs that don't have a width yet,
         // and we cannot wait for the next BeginTabItem() call. We cannot compute this width within TabBarAddTab() because font size depends on the active window.
+        const char* tab_name = tab_bar->GetTabName(tab);
+        tab->WidthContents = TabItemCalcSize(tab_name, (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton) ? false : true).x;
+
         width_total_contents += (tab_n > 0 ? g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x : 0.0f) + tab->WidthContents;
 
         // Store data so we can build an array sorted by width if we need to shrink tabs down
@@ -6069,6 +6110,10 @@ static void ImGui::TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar)
     const float scrolling_speed = (tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible + 1 < g.FrameCount) ? FLT_MAX : (g.IO.DeltaTime * g.FontSize * 70.0f);
     if (tab_bar->ScrollingAnim != tab_bar->ScrollingTarget)
         tab_bar->ScrollingAnim = ImLinearSweep(tab_bar->ScrollingAnim, tab_bar->ScrollingTarget, scrolling_speed);
+
+    // Clear name buffers
+    if ((tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode) == 0)
+        tab_bar->TabsNames.Buf.resize(0);
 }
 
 // Dockables uses Name/ID in the global namespace. Non-dockable items use the ID stack.
@@ -6076,7 +6121,7 @@ static ImU32   ImGui::TabBarCalcTabID(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label)
 {
     if (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode)
     {
-        ImGuiID id = ImHash(label, 0);
+        ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(label, 0);
         KeepAliveID(id);
         return id;
     }
@@ -6210,6 +6255,41 @@ static ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarScrollingButtons(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar)
     return tab_to_select;
 }
 
+static ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarTabListPopupButton(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+    // We use g.Style.FramePadding.y to match the square ArrowButton size
+    const float tab_list_popup_button_width = g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y;
+    const ImVec2 backup_cursor_pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x - g.Style.FramePadding.y, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y);
+    tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x += tab_list_popup_button_width;
+
+    ImVec4 arrow_col = g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_Text];
+    arrow_col.w *= 0.5f;
+    PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, arrow_col);
+    PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Button, ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0));
+    bool open = BeginCombo("##v", NULL, ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview);
+    PopStyleColor(2);
+
+    ImGuiTabItem* tab_to_select = NULL;
+    if (open)
+    {
+        for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++)
+        {
+            ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n];
+            const char* tab_name = tab_bar->GetTabName(tab);
+            if (Selectable(tab_name, tab_bar->SelectedTabId == tab->ID))
+                tab_to_select = tab;
+        }
+        EndCombo();
+    }
+
+    window->DC.CursorPos = backup_cursor_pos;
+    return tab_to_select;
+}
+
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // [SECTION] Widgets: BeginTabItem, EndTabItem, etc.
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -6221,7 +6301,7 @@ static ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarScrollingButtons(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar)
 // - TabItemEx() [Internal]
 // - SetTabItemClosed()
 // - TabItemCalcSize() [Internal]
-// - TabItemRenderBackground() [Internal]
+// - TabItemBackground() [Internal]
 // - TabItemLabelAndCloseButton() [Internal]
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
@@ -6296,12 +6376,19 @@ bool    ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open,
     tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx = (short)tab_bar->Tabs.index_from_ptr(tab);
     tab->WidthContents = size.x;
 
+    if (p_open == NULL)
+        flags |= ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton;
+
     const bool tab_bar_appearing = (tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible + 1 < g.FrameCount);
     const bool tab_bar_focused = (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused) != 0;
     const bool tab_appearing = (tab->LastFrameVisible + 1 < g.FrameCount);
     tab->LastFrameVisible = g.FrameCount;
     tab->Flags = flags;
 
+    // Append name with zero-terminator
+    tab->NameOffset = tab_bar->TabsNames.size();
+    tab_bar->TabsNames.append(label, label + strlen(label) + 1);
+
     // If we are not reorderable, always reset offset based on submission order.
     // (We already handled layout and sizing using the previous known order, but sizing is not affected by order!)
     if (!tab_appearing && !(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable))
@@ -6398,7 +6485,7 @@ bool    ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open,
         // Enlarge tab display when hovering
         bb.Max.x = bb.Min.x + (float)(int)ImLerp(bb.GetWidth(), tab->WidthContents, ImSaturate((g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer - 0.40f) * 6.0f));
         display_draw_list = GetOverlayDrawList(window);
-        TabItemRenderBackground(display_draw_list, bb, flags, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive));
+        TabItemBackground(display_draw_list, bb, flags, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive));
     }
 #endif
 
@@ -6417,9 +6504,9 @@ bool    ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open,
         flags |= ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton;
 
     // Render tab label, process close button
-    const ImGuiID close_button_id = p_open ? window->GetID((void*)(intptr_t)(id + 1)) : 0;
-    bool just_closed = TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(display_draw_list, bb, flags, label, id, close_button_id);
-    if (just_closed)
+    const ImGuiID close_button_id = p_open ? window->GetID((void*)((intptr_t)id + 1)) : 0;
+    bool just_closed = TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(display_draw_list, bb, flags, tab_bar->FramePadding, label, id, close_button_id);
+    if (just_closed && p_open != NULL)
     {
         *p_open = false;
         TabBarCloseTab(tab_bar, tab);
@@ -6468,40 +6555,45 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::TabItemCalcSize(const char* label, bool has_close_button)
 void ImGui::TabItemBackground(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImU32 col)
 {
     // While rendering tabs, we trim 1 pixel off the top of our bounding box so they can fit within a regular frame height while looking "detached" from it.
-    (void)flags;
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     const float width = bb.GetWidth();
+    IM_UNUSED(flags);
     IM_ASSERT(width > 0.0f);
     const float rounding = ImMax(0.0f, ImMin(g.Style.TabRounding, width * 0.5f - 1.0f));
-    float y1 = bb.Min.y + 1.0f;
-    float y2 = bb.Max.y - 1.0f;
+    const float y1 = bb.Min.y + 1.0f;
+    const float y2 = bb.Max.y - 1.0f;
     draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bb.Min.x, y2));
     draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(bb.Min.x + rounding, y1 + rounding), rounding, 6, 9);
     draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(bb.Max.x - rounding, y1 + rounding), rounding, 9, 12);
     draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bb.Max.x, y2));
-    draw_list->AddConvexPolyFilled(draw_list->_Path.Data, draw_list->_Path.Size, col);
+    draw_list->PathFillConvex(col);
     if (g.Style.TabBorderSize > 0.0f)
-        draw_list->AddPolyline(draw_list->_Path.Data, draw_list->_Path.Size, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), false, g.Style.TabBorderSize);
-    draw_list->PathClear();
+    {
+        draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bb.Min.x + 0.5f, y2));
+        draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(bb.Min.x + rounding + 0.5f, y1 + rounding + 0.5f), rounding, 6, 9);
+        draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(bb.Max.x - rounding - 0.5f, y1 + rounding + 0.5f), rounding, 9, 12);
+        draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bb.Max.x - 0.5f, y2));
+        draw_list->PathStroke(GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), false, g.Style.TabBorderSize);
+    }
 }
 
 // Render text label (with custom clipping) + Unsaved Document marker + Close Button logic
-bool ImGui::TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, const char* label, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGuiID close_button_id)
+// We tend to lock style.FramePadding for a given tab-bar, hence the 'frame_padding' parameter.
+bool ImGui::TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImVec2 frame_padding, const char* label, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGuiID close_button_id)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
     ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
     if (bb.GetWidth() <= 1.0f)
         return false;
 
     // Render text label (with clipping + alpha gradient) + unsaved marker
     const char* TAB_UNSAVED_MARKER = "*";
-    ImRect text_pixel_clip_bb(bb.Min.x + style.FramePadding.x, bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y, bb.Max.x - style.FramePadding.x, bb.Max.y);
+    ImRect text_pixel_clip_bb(bb.Min.x + frame_padding.x, bb.Min.y + frame_padding.y, bb.Max.x - frame_padding.x, bb.Max.y);
     if (flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument)
     {
         text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x -= CalcTextSize(TAB_UNSAVED_MARKER, NULL, false).x;
-        ImVec2 unsaved_marker_pos(ImMin(bb.Min.x + style.FramePadding.x + label_size.x + 2, text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x), bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y + (float)(int)(-g.FontSize * 0.25f));
-        RenderTextClippedEx(draw_list, unsaved_marker_pos, bb.Max - style.FramePadding, TAB_UNSAVED_MARKER, NULL, NULL);
+        ImVec2 unsaved_marker_pos(ImMin(bb.Min.x + frame_padding.x + label_size.x + 2, text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x), bb.Min.y + frame_padding.y + (float)(int)(-g.FontSize * 0.25f));
+        RenderTextClippedEx(draw_list, unsaved_marker_pos, bb.Max - frame_padding, TAB_UNSAVED_MARKER, NULL, NULL);
     }
     ImRect text_ellipsis_clip_bb = text_pixel_clip_bb;
 
@@ -6519,7 +6611,7 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb,
     {
         ImGuiItemHoveredDataBackup last_item_backup;
         const float close_button_sz = g.FontSize * 0.5f;
-        if (CloseButton(close_button_id, ImVec2(bb.Max.x - style.FramePadding.x - close_button_sz, bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y + close_button_sz), close_button_sz))
+        if (CloseButton(close_button_id, ImVec2(bb.Max.x - frame_padding.x - close_button_sz, bb.Min.y + frame_padding.y + close_button_sz), close_button_sz))
             close_button_pressed = true;
         last_item_backup.Restore();
 
diff --git a/imgui/imstb_rectpack.h b/imgui/imstb_rectpack.h
index 2b07dcc8..23f922a5 100644
--- a/imgui/imstb_rectpack.h
+++ b/imgui/imstb_rectpack.h
@@ -1,4 +1,10 @@
-// stb_rect_pack.h - v0.11 - public domain - rectangle packing
+// [DEAR IMGUI] 
+// This is a slightly modified version of stb_rect_pack.h 0.99. 
+// Those changes would need to be pushed into nothings/stb:
+// - Added STBRP__CDECL
+// Grep for [DEAR IMGUI] to find the changes.
+
+// stb_rect_pack.h - v0.99 - public domain - rectangle packing
 // Sean Barrett 2014
 //
 // Useful for e.g. packing rectangular textures into an atlas.
@@ -34,6 +40,7 @@
 //
 // Version history:
 //
+//     0.99  (2019-02-07)  warning fixes
 //     0.11  (2017-03-03)  return packing success/fail result
 //     0.10  (2016-10-25)  remove cast-away-const to avoid warnings
 //     0.09  (2016-08-27)  fix compiler warnings
@@ -204,6 +211,7 @@ struct stbrp_context
 #define STBRP_ASSERT assert
 #endif
 
+// [DEAR IMGUI] Added STBRP__CDECL
 #ifdef _MSC_VER
 #define STBRP__NOTUSED(v)  (void)(v)
 #define STBRP__CDECL __cdecl
@@ -512,6 +520,7 @@ static stbrp__findresult stbrp__skyline_pack_rectangle(stbrp_context *context, i
    return res;
 }
 
+// [DEAR IMGUI] Added STBRP__CDECL
 static int STBRP__CDECL rect_height_compare(const void *a, const void *b)
 {
    const stbrp_rect *p = (const stbrp_rect *) a;
@@ -523,6 +532,7 @@ static int STBRP__CDECL rect_height_compare(const void *a, const void *b)
    return (p->w > q->w) ? -1 : (p->w < q->w);
 }
 
+// [DEAR IMGUI] Added STBRP__CDECL
 static int STBRP__CDECL rect_original_order(const void *a, const void *b)
 {
    const stbrp_rect *p = (const stbrp_rect *) a;
@@ -543,9 +553,6 @@ STBRP_DEF int stbrp_pack_rects(stbrp_context *context, stbrp_rect *rects, int nu
    // we use the 'was_packed' field internally to allow sorting/unsorting
    for (i=0; i < num_rects; ++i) {
       rects[i].was_packed = i;
-      #ifndef STBRP_LARGE_RECTS
-      STBRP_ASSERT(rects[i].w <= 0xffff && rects[i].h <= 0xffff);
-      #endif
    }
 
    // sort according to heuristic
diff --git a/imgui/imstb_textedit.h b/imgui/imstb_textedit.h
index 9e12469b..d7fcbd62 100644
--- a/imgui/imstb_textedit.h
+++ b/imgui/imstb_textedit.h
@@ -1,9 +1,10 @@
-// [ImGui] this is a slightly modified version of stb_textedit.h 1.12. Those changes would need to be pushed into nothings/stb
-// [ImGui] - 2018-06: fixed undo/redo after pasting large amount of text (over 32 kb). Redo will still fail when undo buffers are exhausted, but text won't be corrupted (see nothings/stb issue #620)
-// [ImGui] - 2018-06: fix in stb_textedit_discard_redo (see https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/321)
-// [ImGui] - fixed some minor warnings
+// [DEAR IMGUI] 
+// This is a slightly modified version of stb_textedit.h 1.13. 
+// Those changes would need to be pushed into nothings/stb:
+// - Fix in stb_textedit_discard_redo (see https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/321)
+// Grep for [DEAR IMGUI] to find the changes.
 
-// stb_textedit.h - v1.12  - public domain - Sean Barrett
+// stb_textedit.h - v1.13  - public domain - Sean Barrett
 // Development of this library was sponsored by RAD Game Tools
 //
 // This C header file implements the guts of a multi-line text-editing
@@ -34,6 +35,7 @@
 //
 // VERSION HISTORY
 //
+//   1.13 (2019-02-07) fix bug in undo size management
 //   1.12 (2018-01-29) user can change STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTYPE, fix redo to avoid crash
 //   1.11 (2017-03-03) fix HOME on last line, dragging off single-line textfield
 //   1.10 (2016-10-25) supress warnings about casting away const with -Wcast-qual
@@ -563,7 +565,6 @@ static void stb_textedit_find_charpos(StbFindState *find, STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *s
 
    // now scan to find xpos
    find->x = r.x0;
-   i = 0;
    for (i=0; first+i < n; ++i)
       find->x += STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(str, first, i);
 }
@@ -693,7 +694,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(STB_TexteditState *state)
 static int stb_textedit_cut(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state)
 {
    if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) {
-      stb_textedit_delete_selection(str,state); // implicity clamps
+      stb_textedit_delete_selection(str,state); // implicitly clamps
       state->has_preferred_x = 0;
       return 1;
    }
@@ -745,7 +746,7 @@ retry:
                   state->has_preferred_x = 0;
                }
             } else {
-               stb_textedit_delete_selection(str,state); // implicity clamps
+               stb_textedit_delete_selection(str,state); // implicitly clamps
                if (STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(str, state->cursor, &ch, 1)) {
                   stb_text_makeundo_insert(state, state->cursor, 1);
                   ++state->cursor;
@@ -1133,7 +1134,14 @@ static void stb_textedit_discard_redo(StbUndoState *state)
                state->undo_rec[i].char_storage += n;
       }
       // now move all the redo records towards the end of the buffer; the first one is at 'redo_point'
-      STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_rec + state->redo_point+1, state->undo_rec + state->redo_point, (size_t) ((STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT - state->redo_point)*sizeof(state->undo_rec[0])));
+      // {DEAR IMGUI]
+      size_t move_size = (size_t)((STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT - state->redo_point - 1) * sizeof(state->undo_rec[0]));
+      const char* buf_begin = (char*)state->undo_rec; (void)buf_begin;
+      const char* buf_end   = (char*)state->undo_rec + sizeof(state->undo_rec); (void)buf_end;
+      IM_ASSERT(((char*)(state->undo_rec + state->redo_point)) >= buf_begin);
+      IM_ASSERT(((char*)(state->undo_rec + state->redo_point + 1) + move_size) <= buf_end);
+      STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_rec + state->redo_point+1, state->undo_rec + state->redo_point, move_size);
+
       // now move redo_point to point to the new one
       ++state->redo_point;
    }
diff --git a/imgui/imstb_truetype.h b/imgui/imstb_truetype.h
index f65deb50..c1cdb180 100644
--- a/imgui/imstb_truetype.h
+++ b/imgui/imstb_truetype.h
@@ -1,4 +1,9 @@
-// stb_truetype.h - v1.19 - public domain
+// [DEAR IMGUI] 
+// This is a slightly modified version of stb_truetype.h 1.20.
+// Mostly fixing for compiler and static analyzer warnings.
+// Grep for [DEAR IMGUI] to find the changes.
+
+// stb_truetype.h - v1.20 - public domain
 // authored from 2009-2016 by Sean Barrett / RAD Game Tools
 //
 //   This library processes TrueType files:
@@ -49,6 +54,7 @@
 //       
 // VERSION HISTORY
 //
+//   1.20 (2019-02-07) PackFontRange skips missing codepoints; GetScaleFontVMetrics()
 //   1.19 (2018-02-11) GPOS kerning, STBTT_fmod
 //   1.18 (2018-01-29) add missing function
 //   1.17 (2017-07-23) make more arguments const; doc fix
@@ -75,7 +81,7 @@
 //
 // USAGE
 //
-//   Include this file in whatever places neeed to refer to it. In ONE C/C++
+//   Include this file in whatever places need to refer to it. In ONE C/C++
 //   file, write:
 //      #define STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION
 //   before the #include of this file. This expands out the actual
@@ -247,8 +253,8 @@
 //   Documentation & header file        520 LOC  \___ 660 LOC documentation
 //   Sample code                        140 LOC  /
 //   Truetype parsing                   620 LOC  ---- 620 LOC TrueType
-//   Software rasterization             240 LOC  \                           .
-//   Curve tesselation                  120 LOC   \__ 550 LOC Bitmap creation
+//   Software rasterization             240 LOC  \.
+//   Curve tessellation                 120 LOC   \__ 550 LOC Bitmap creation
 //   Bitmap management                  100 LOC   /
 //   Baked bitmap interface              70 LOC  /
 //   Font name matching & access        150 LOC  ---- 150 
@@ -556,6 +562,8 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetBakedQuad(const stbtt_bakedchar *chardata, int pw, int p
 //
 // It's inefficient; you might want to c&p it and optimize it.
 
+STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetScaledFontVMetrics(const unsigned char *fontdata, int index, float size, float *ascent, float *descent, float *lineGap);
+// Query the font vertical metrics without having to create a font first.
 
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
@@ -641,6 +649,12 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackSetOversampling(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned int h
 // To use with PackFontRangesGather etc., you must set it before calls
 // call to PackFontRangesGatherRects.
 
+STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackSetSkipMissingCodepoints(stbtt_pack_context *spc, int skip);
+// If skip != 0, this tells stb_truetype to skip any codepoints for which
+// there is no corresponding glyph. If skip=0, which is the default, then
+// codepoints without a glyph recived the font's "missing character" glyph,
+// typically an empty box by convention.
+
 STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetPackedQuad(const stbtt_packedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph,  // same data as above
                                int char_index,             // character to display
                                float *xpos, float *ypos,   // pointers to current position in screen pixel space
@@ -669,6 +683,7 @@ struct stbtt_pack_context {
    int   height;
    int   stride_in_bytes;
    int   padding;
+   int   skip_missing;
    unsigned int   h_oversample, v_oversample;
    unsigned char *pixels;
    void  *nodes;
@@ -694,7 +709,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex(const unsigned char *data, int index);
 // file will only define one font and it always be at offset 0, so it will
 // return '0' for index 0, and -1 for all other indices.
 
-// The following structure is defined publically so you can declare one on
+// The following structure is defined publicly so you can declare one on
 // the stack or as a global or etc, but you should treat it as opaque.
 struct stbtt_fontinfo
 {
@@ -733,6 +748,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int unicode_codep
 // and you want a speed-up, call this function with the character you're
 // going to process, then use glyph-based functions instead of the
 // codepoint-based functions.
+// Returns 0 if the character codepoint is not defined in the font.
 
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
@@ -820,7 +836,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, s
 // returns # of vertices and fills *vertices with the pointer to them
 //   these are expressed in "unscaled" coordinates
 //
-// The shape is a series of countours. Each one starts with
+// The shape is a series of contours. Each one starts with
 // a STBTT_moveto, then consists of a series of mixed
 // STBTT_lineto and STBTT_curveto segments. A lineto
 // draws a line from previous endpoint to its x,y; a curveto
@@ -916,7 +932,7 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetGlyphSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float sc
 STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetCodepointSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale, int codepoint, int padding, unsigned char onedge_value, float pixel_dist_scale, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff);
 // These functions compute a discretized SDF field for a single character, suitable for storing
 // in a single-channel texture, sampling with bilinear filtering, and testing against
-// larger than some threshhold to produce scalable fonts.
+// larger than some threshold to produce scalable fonts.
 //        info              --  the font
 //        scale             --  controls the size of the resulting SDF bitmap, same as it would be creating a regular bitmap
 //        glyph/codepoint   --  the character to generate the SDF for
@@ -1825,7 +1841,7 @@ static int stbtt__GetGlyphShapeTT(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, s
                if (comp_verts) STBTT_free(comp_verts, info->userdata);
                return 0;
             }
-            if (num_vertices > 0) STBTT_memcpy(tmp, vertices, num_vertices*sizeof(stbtt_vertex));
+            if (num_vertices > 0) STBTT_memcpy(tmp, vertices, num_vertices*sizeof(stbtt_vertex)); //-V595
             STBTT_memcpy(tmp+num_vertices, comp_verts, comp_num_verts*sizeof(stbtt_vertex));
             if (vertices) STBTT_free(vertices, info->userdata);
             vertices = tmp;
@@ -2196,7 +2212,7 @@ static int stbtt__run_charstring(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, st
       } break;
 
       default:
-         if (b0 != 255 && b0 != 28 && (b0 < 32 || b0 > 254))
+         if (b0 != 255 && b0 != 28 && (b0 < 32 || b0 > 254)) //-V560
             return STBTT__CSERR("reserved operator");
 
          // push immediate
@@ -2368,7 +2384,8 @@ static stbtt_int32  stbtt__GetGlyphClass(stbtt_uint8 *classDefTable, int glyph)
             if (glyph >= startGlyphID && glyph < startGlyphID + glyphCount)
                 return (stbtt_int32)ttUSHORT(classDef1ValueArray + 2 * (glyph - startGlyphID));
 
-            classDefTable = classDef1ValueArray + 2 * glyphCount;
+            // [DEAR IMGUI] Commented to fix static analyzer warning
+            //classDefTable = classDef1ValueArray + 2 * glyphCount;
         } break;
 
         case 2: {
@@ -2392,7 +2409,8 @@ static stbtt_int32  stbtt__GetGlyphClass(stbtt_uint8 *classDefTable, int glyph)
                     return (stbtt_int32)ttUSHORT(classRangeRecord + 4);
             }
 
-            classDefTable = classRangeRecords + 6 * classRangeCount;
+            // [DEAR IMGUI] Commented to fix static analyzer warning
+            //classDefTable = classRangeRecords + 6 * classRangeCount;
         } break;
 
         default: {
@@ -3024,6 +3042,8 @@ static void stbtt__fill_active_edges_new(float *scanline, float *scanline_fill,
                   dx = -dx;
                   dy = -dy;
                   t = x0, x0 = xb, xb = t;
+                  // [DEAR IMGUI] Fix static analyzer warning
+                  (void)dx; // [ImGui: fix static analyzer warning]
                }
 
                x1 = (int) x_top;
@@ -3161,7 +3181,13 @@ static void stbtt__rasterize_sorted_edges(stbtt__bitmap *result, stbtt__edge *e,
          if (e->y0 != e->y1) {
             stbtt__active_edge *z = stbtt__new_active(&hh, e, off_x, scan_y_top, userdata);
             if (z != NULL) {
-               STBTT_assert(z->ey >= scan_y_top);
+               if (j == 0 && off_y != 0) {
+                  if (z->ey < scan_y_top) {
+                     // this can happen due to subpixel positioning and some kind of fp rounding error i think
+                     z->ey = scan_y_top;
+                  }
+               }
+               STBTT_assert(z->ey >= scan_y_top); // if we get really unlucky a tiny bit of an edge can be out of bounds
                // insert at front
                z->next = active;
                active = z;
@@ -3230,7 +3256,7 @@ static void stbtt__sort_edges_ins_sort(stbtt__edge *p, int n)
 
 static void stbtt__sort_edges_quicksort(stbtt__edge *p, int n)
 {
-   /* threshhold for transitioning to insertion sort */
+   /* threshold for transitioning to insertion sort */
    while (n > 12) {
       stbtt__edge t;
       int c01,c12,c,m,i,j;
@@ -3365,7 +3391,7 @@ static void stbtt__add_point(stbtt__point *points, int n, float x, float y)
    points[n].y = y;
 }
 
-// tesselate until threshhold p is happy... @TODO warped to compensate for non-linear stretching
+// tessellate until threshold p is happy... @TODO warped to compensate for non-linear stretching
 static int stbtt__tesselate_curve(stbtt__point *points, int *num_points, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float objspace_flatness_squared, int n)
 {
    // midpoint
@@ -3790,6 +3816,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackBegin(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned char *pixels, in
    spc->stride_in_bytes = stride_in_bytes != 0 ? stride_in_bytes : pw;
    spc->h_oversample = 1;
    spc->v_oversample = 1;
+   spc->skip_missing = 0;
 
    stbrp_init_target(context, pw-padding, ph-padding, nodes, num_nodes);
 
@@ -3815,6 +3842,11 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackSetOversampling(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned int h
       spc->v_oversample = v_oversample;
 }
 
+STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackSetSkipMissingCodepoints(stbtt_pack_context *spc, int skip)
+{
+   spc->skip_missing = skip;
+}
+
 #define STBTT__OVER_MASK  (STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE-1)
 
 static void stbtt__h_prefilter(unsigned char *pixels, int w, int h, int stride_in_bytes, unsigned int kernel_width)
@@ -3968,13 +4000,17 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const stb
          int x0,y0,x1,y1;
          int codepoint = ranges[i].array_of_unicode_codepoints == NULL ? ranges[i].first_unicode_codepoint_in_range + j : ranges[i].array_of_unicode_codepoints[j];
          int glyph = stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info, codepoint);
-         stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(info,glyph,
-                                         scale * spc->h_oversample,
-                                         scale * spc->v_oversample,
-                                         0,0,
-                                         &x0,&y0,&x1,&y1);
-         rects[k].w = (stbrp_coord) (x1-x0 + spc->padding + spc->h_oversample-1);
-         rects[k].h = (stbrp_coord) (y1-y0 + spc->padding + spc->v_oversample-1);
+         if (glyph == 0 && spc->skip_missing) {
+            rects[k].w = rects[k].h = 0;
+         } else {
+            stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(info,glyph,
+                                            scale * spc->h_oversample,
+                                            scale * spc->v_oversample,
+                                            0,0,
+                                            &x0,&y0,&x1,&y1);
+            rects[k].w = (stbrp_coord) (x1-x0 + spc->padding + spc->h_oversample-1);
+            rects[k].h = (stbrp_coord) (y1-y0 + spc->padding + spc->v_oversample-1);
+         }
          ++k;
       }
    }
@@ -4027,7 +4063,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const
       sub_y = stbtt__oversample_shift(spc->v_oversample);
       for (j=0; j < ranges[i].num_chars; ++j) {
          stbrp_rect *r = &rects[k];
-         if (r->was_packed) {
+         if (r->was_packed && r->w != 0 && r->h != 0) {
             stbtt_packedchar *bc = &ranges[i].chardata_for_range[j];
             int advance, lsb, x0,y0,x1,y1;
             int codepoint = ranges[i].array_of_unicode_codepoints == NULL ? ranges[i].first_unicode_codepoint_in_range + j : ranges[i].array_of_unicode_codepoints[j];
@@ -4141,6 +4177,19 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRange(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const unsigned char *
    return stbtt_PackFontRanges(spc, fontdata, font_index, &range, 1);
 }
 
+STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetScaledFontVMetrics(const unsigned char *fontdata, int index, float size, float *ascent, float *descent, float *lineGap)
+{
+   int i_ascent, i_descent, i_lineGap;
+   float scale;
+   stbtt_fontinfo info;
+   stbtt_InitFont(&info, fontdata, stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex(fontdata, index));
+   scale = size > 0 ? stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(&info, size) : stbtt_ScaleForMappingEmToPixels(&info, -size);
+   stbtt_GetFontVMetrics(&info, &i_ascent, &i_descent, &i_lineGap);
+   *ascent  = (float) i_ascent  * scale;
+   *descent = (float) i_descent * scale;
+   *lineGap = (float) i_lineGap * scale;
+}
+
 STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetPackedQuad(const stbtt_packedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph, int char_index, float *xpos, float *ypos, stbtt_aligned_quad *q, int align_to_integer)
 {
    float ipw = 1.0f / pw, iph = 1.0f / ph;
@@ -4253,7 +4302,7 @@ static int stbtt__compute_crossings_x(float x, float y, int nverts, stbtt_vertex
    int winding = 0;
 
    orig[0] = x;
-   orig[1] = y;
+   //orig[1] = y; // [DEAR IMGUI] commmented double assignment
 
    // make sure y never passes through a vertex of the shape
    y_frac = (float) STBTT_fmod(y, 1.0f);